Canon LBP3200 Printer User Manual

Laser Beam Printer
User's Guide
ENG
LBP5200
Laser Printer
User's Guide
Manuals for the Printer
The instruction manuals for this product are arranged as follows. Read the sections that are
appropriate for your goals, to let you fully utilize this product.
CD-ROM
Guides with this symbol are PDF manuals that are included on the accompanying CD-ROM.
• Installation
• Connecting to a Computer
• Preparing to Print
• Basic Operations
• Troubleshooting
Getting Started Guide
CD-ROM
User's Guide
(This Manual)
CD-ROM
• To view the manual in PDF format, Adobe Reader/Adobe Acrobat Reader is required. If Adobe Reader/Adobe Acrobat Reader is not installed on your
system, please download it from the Adobe Systems Incorporated website.
• The printer illustration on the cover may differ slightly from your printer.
How This Manual Is Organized
Chapter 1
Before You Start Using This Printer
Chapter 2
Loading and Collecting Paper
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
Chapter 4
Printing a Document
Chapter 5
Routine Maintenance
Chapter 6
Optional Accessories
Chapter 7
Troubleshooting
Chapter 8
Appendix
Considerable effort has been made to ensure that this manual is free of inaccuracies and omissions. However, as we are constantly improving our
products, if you need an exact specification, please contact Canon.
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
How To Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Notation for Keys and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Screen Shots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Legal Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
Model Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
FCC (Federal Communications Commission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
EMC Directive (220 - 240 V model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Laser Safety (110 - 127 V/220 - 240 V models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
International Energy Star-Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Trademarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Disclaimers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Legal Limitations on the Usage of Your Product and the Use of Images . . . . . xiv
Important Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi
Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Maintenance and Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix
Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx
Chapter 1
Before You Start Using This Printer
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Component Names and Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indicator Lights and Toner Replacement Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-4
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-6
Connecting the Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Connecting the Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Turning the Printer ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Turning the Printer ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Turning the Printer OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
ii
Connecting to a Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Using a USB Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Using a LAN Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
Chapter 2
Loading and Collecting Paper
Paper Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Usable Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Paper Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Paper Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
Printable Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
Paper You Cannot Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
Storing Blank Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8
Storing Printouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8
Paper Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
Paper Source Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
Paper Source Sheet Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Paper Source Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Paper Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Output Tray Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Paper Output Tray Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Output Tray Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Switching to the Sub-Output Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Switching to the Output Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Opening and Closing the Multi-Purpose Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Opening the Multi-Purpose Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Closing the Multi-Purpose Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Printing on Plain Paper, Heavy Paper or Transparencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Printing Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
Printing from the Paper Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Loading Paper into the Paper Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Changing the Paper Size of the Paper Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
After Installing the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Each Time You Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Installing the CAPT Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
For Windows 98/Me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
Installing from CD-ROM Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
Installing with Plug and Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
Installing using the [Add Printer Wizard] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
iii
For Windows 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing from CD-ROM Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing with Plug and Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing using the [Add Printer Wizard] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Windows XP/Server 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing from CD-ROM Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing with Plug and Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing using the [Add Printer Wizard] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-21
3-21
3-26
3-30
3-37
3-37
3-42
3-45
After Completing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Printing a Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring the Print Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Windows 98/Me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing from CD-ROM Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing using the Add Printer Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing using [Windows Explorer] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-58
3-60
3-60
3-64
3-70
3-71
3-76
3-80
Uninstalling the CAPT Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81
Chapter 4
Printing a Document
Setting Printer Information Before Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Printing from an Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Specifying Printing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Windows 98/Me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening the [Document Properties] Dialog Box from
an Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening the [Printer Properties] Dialog Box from the [Printers]
Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening the [Document Properties] Dialog Box from
the Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening the [Document Properties] Dialog Box from the
[Printers and Faxes] Folder or [Printers] Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening the [Printer Properties] Dialog Box from the
[Printers and Faxes] Folder or [Printers] Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-10
4-10
4-11
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-18
Canceling a Print Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Using the Printing Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Various Pages in the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[Page Setup] Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[Finishing] Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[Paper Source] Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[Quality] Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[General] Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iv
4-21
4-21
4-23
4-26
4-28
4-29
4-32
[Details] Sheet (Windows 98/Me only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
[Sharing] Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33
[Ports] Sheet (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33
[Advanced] Sheet (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only) . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
[Color Management] Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
[Security] Sheet (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35
[Configuration]/[Device Settings] Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35
[Profile] Sheet (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36
Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
Scaling Printer Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40
Scaling a Document Automatically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40
Scaling a Document Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41
Poster Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42
Watermark Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43
Watermark Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43
Editing Watermarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-45
Specifying Custom Paper (Non-Standard Paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47
Printing Borders and The Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50
Gutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52
Specifying the Finishing Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53
Specifying the Paper Feed Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-55
Specifying the Print Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-56
Color Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-58
Selecting the Color Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-58
Color Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59
Printing Color Samples (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only) . . . . . . . .4-61
Working with Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64
Adding a Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64
Editing/Deleting a Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-66
Editing Print Jobs with PageComposer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68
Viewing Printer Settings/Restoring the Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70
Viewing Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70
Restoring the Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-71
Printer Status Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72
Using the Printer Status Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72
Displaying the Printer Status Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-74
Setting Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-75
[Register Paper Size] Menu Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-77
[Consumables/Counters] Menu Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-78
[Refresh] Menu Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-78
[Utility] Menu Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-78
Displaying Printer Status When Using a Print Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-79
v
Chapter 5
Routine Maintenance
Replacing Toner Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
When a Message Appears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
The [Consumables/Counters] Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Displaying the [Consumables/Counters] Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Replacing Toner Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Precautions for Handling Toner Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Storing Toner Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Replacing the Drum Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When a Message Appears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The [Consumables/Counters] Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying the [Consumables/Counters] Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Drum Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precautions for Handling the Drum Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storing Drum Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-18
5-18
5-19
5-19
5-21
5-28
5-30
Calibrating the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Cleaning the Fixing Roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Cleaning the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Moving the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Moving the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
When the 250-sheet paper feeder is installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Handling the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Precautions for Handling the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Precautions for Storing the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Chapter 6
Optional Accessories
Optional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
250-sheet Paper Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Network Board (AXIS 1611) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Installing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Installation Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Verifying the Contents of the Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Installing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Removing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Installing the Network Board (AXIS 1611) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verifying the Contents of the Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts and Their Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Network Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Network Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vi
6-12
6-13
6-13
6-14
6-19
Chapter 7
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
Alarm Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
Paper Jam Inside the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
Paper Jam Behind the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Paper Jam in the Drum Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-26
Service Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28
Print Quality Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-30
Paper Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-38
When Nothing is Printed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-40
Installation Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-41
If Uninstallation Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-42
Uninstalling the USB Class Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-44
Problems During Local Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-47
Problems sharing the printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-48
Miscellaneous Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-49
Chapter 8
Appendix
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
Hardware Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
Software Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
Dimensions of Each Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6
About Color Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
The Three Primary Colors of Light and Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
Method for Expressing Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8
About Color Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
Achieving More Beautiful Color Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
NetSpot Device Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12
NetSpot Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13
Windows Firewall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14
Configuring Windows Firewall to unblock communication with client
computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14
Configuring Windows Firewall to block communication with client
computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
Location of the Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23
vii
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing the Canon LBP5200. In order to fully understand the features of
this product and thus be able to use it more effectively, please be sure to fully read this
instruction manual before using the product. Store this manual in a safe place after reading
it.
How To Use This Manual
Conventions
The following symbols are used in this manual to explain procedures, restrictions,
handling precautions, and instructions that should be observed for safety.
WARNING
Indicates warnings that, if followed incorrectly, may lead to death or
serious personal injury. To use the product safely, be sure to adhere to
these warnings.
CAUTION
Indicates cautions that, if followed incorrectly, may lead to personal
injuries or damage to property. To use the product safely, be sure to
adhere to these cautions.
IMPORTANT Indicates important points and limitations that need to be observed. Be
sure to read these carefully to avoid running into problems operating the
printer.
NOTE
Indicates additional information related to the operation of the printer. It
is recommended that you read these points.
Notation for Keys and Buttons
In this manual, the following notation is used for key and button names.
• Buttons
appearing on the computer screen: [Button Name]
Examples: [OK]
[Details]
• Control panel keys: <Key icon> + (Key Name)
Example:
(Toner Replacement)
viii
Screen Shots
The screen shots shown in this manual may differ slightly from the screens on your
computer depending on the operating system.
The locations of buttons that you need to press during a procedure are circled with
a
as shown below.
When there is a choice of buttons that can be pressed during a procedure, all of the
buttons are circled. Select the button that suits your needs.
4 Click [Install].
Button to click to perform the
task.
Abbreviations
In this manual, product names and model names are abbreviated as follows:
Microsoft® Windows® 95 operating system:
Windows 95
Microsoft® Windows® 98 operating system:
Windows 98
Microsoft® Windows® Millennium Edition operating system:
Windows Me
Microsoft® Windows® 2000 operating system:
Windows 2000
Microsoft® Windows® XP operating system:
Windows XP
Microsoft® Windows ServerTM 2003 operating system:
Windows Server 2003
Microsoft® Windows® operating system:
Windows
LASER SHOT LBP5200:
LBP5200
ix
Legal Notices
Model Name
The following names may be provided for the safety regulations in each sales
region of this Laser Beam Printer.
110 - 127 V model: L10981A
220 - 240 V model: L10981E
FCC (Federal Communications Commission)
Laser Beam Printer, Model L10981A
■ 110 - 127 V model
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device
must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which
can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver
is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of shielded cable is required to comply with class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of
FCC Rules.
x
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in
the manual. If such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to
stop operation of the equipment.
Canon U.S.A. Inc.
One Canon Plaza, Lake Success, NY 11042, U.S.A.
Tel No. (516) 328-5600
EMC Directive (220 - 240 V model)
"This equipment has been tested in a typical system to comply with the technical
requirements of EMC Directive."
• Use
of shielded cable is necessary to comply with the technical requirements of
EMC Directive.
The product is in conformity with the EMC directive at nominal mains input 220 240 V, 50 Hz although the rated input of the product is 220 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz.
C-tick marking
on the rating label means that we declare the product is in
conformity with the relevant requirements at nominal mains input 240 V, 50 Hz
although the rated input of the product is 220 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz.
Laser Safety (110 - 127 V/220 - 240 V models)
Laser radiation could be hazardous to the human body. For this reason, laser
radiation emitted inside this printer is hermetically sealed within the protective
housing and external cover. No radiation can leak from the printer in the normal
operation of the product by the user.
This printer is classified as a Class 1 laser product under IEC60825-1:1993,
EN60825-1:1994, and as for the U.S.A., it is classified as Class 1 under the Code of
Federal Regulations, 1040.10 of Title 21.
xi
This printer has been classified under IEC60825-1:1993, EN60825-1:1994 and
conforms to the following classes:
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
LASER KLASSE 1
APPAREIL A RAYONNEMENT LASER DE CLASSE 1
APPARECCHIO LASER DI CLASSE 1
PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASE 1
APARELHO A LASER DE CLASSE 1
(220 - 240 V model only)
CAUTION
Performance of procedures other than those specified in this guide may result
in hazardous radiation exposure.
International Energy Star-Program
As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Canon Inc. has determined that this
product meets the ENERGY STAR Program for energy efficiency.
The International ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program is an
international program that promotes energy saving through the
use of computers and other office equipment.
The program backs the development and dissemination of
products with functions that effectively reduce energy
consumption. It is an open system in which business proprietors
can participate voluntarily.
The targeted products are office equipment, such as computers,
displays, printers, facsimiles, and copiers. The standards and
logos are uniform among participating nations.
Trademarks
Canon, the Canon Logo, LASER SHOT, LBP, and NetSpot are trademarks of
Canon Inc.
Adobe® Acrobat is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Microsoft and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and
other countries.
Other product and company names herein may be the trademarks of their
respective owners.
xii
Copyright
Copyright 2005 by Canon Inc. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any
means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, or by any
information storage or retrieval system without the prior written permission of
Canon Inc.
Disclaimers
The information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
CANON INC. MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS
MATERIAL, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED HEREIN,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THEREOF, WARRANTIES AS TO
MARKETABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE OF USE OR AGAINST INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT. CANON
INC. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE, OR LOSSES OR EXPENSES
RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS MATERIAL.
xiii
Legal Limitations on the Usage of Your Product and the
Use of Images
Using your product to scan, print or otherwise reproduce certain documents, and
the use of such images as scanned, printed or otherwise reproduced by your
product, may be prohibited by law and may result in criminal and/or civil liability. A
non-exhaustive list of these documents is set forth below. This list is intended to be
a guide only. If you are uncertain about the legality of using your product to scan,
print or otherwise reproduce any particular document, and/or of the use of the
images scanned, printed or otherwise reproduced, you should consult in advance
with your legal advisor for guidance.
xiv
•
Paper Money
•
Travelers Checks
•
Money Orders
•
Food Stamps
•
Certificates of Deposit
•
Passports
•
Postage Stamps (canceled or
uncanceled)
•
Immigration Papers
•
Identifying Badges or Insignias
•
Internal Revenue Stamps (canceled
or uncanceled)
•
Selective Service or Draft Papers
•
Bonds or Other Certificates of
Indebtedness
•
Checks or Drafts Issued by
Governmental Agencies
•
Stock Certificates
•
Motor Vehicle Licenses and
Certificates of Title
•
Copyrighted Works/Works of Art
without Permission of Copyright
Owner
Important Safety Instructions
Before using this product, make sure you read this section (Important Safety
Instructions) thoroughly, and that you use the product correctly. The purpose of the
warnings and cautions contained in this section is to prevent injuries to the user and
other people, and to prevent damage to property. Make sure you adhere to these
warnings and cautions. Do not perform any actions that are not explicitly written in
this manual.
Installation
WARNING
• Do not install the printer in a location near alcohol, thinners, or other flammable
substances. If a flammable substance comes into contact with the electrical unit
inside the printer it may ignite or cause an electrical shock.
• Do not put any of the following types of objects on top of this printer. If any of these
items come into contact with the electrical unit inside the printer it may ignite or
cause an electrical shock.
If any of these objects fall into the printer, turn the printer off immediately a, and
disconnect the USB cable if it is connected b. After this, pull out the power plug c,
and contact the store where you purchased this printer.
- Necklaces, jewellery and other metal objects
- Cups, vases, flowerpots, and other containers filled with water or liquids
b
c
a
xv
CAUTION
• Do not install the printer on an unsteady platform, an uneven surface, or any other
unstable location, or any location subject to vibrations. If the printer falls down or the
platform tips over, someone may be injured.
• Do not install this printer in a location where a wall or other object will block the
ventilation slots in the printer. Do not install the printer on a bed, sofa, thick carpet,
etc. If the ventilations slots are blocked, the internal printer components will
overheat, and this may cause a fire.
• Do not install the printer in any of the following locations. Doing so may cause fire or
electrical shock.
- A damp or dusty location
- A location exposed to smoke and steam, such as next to a stove or humidifier
- A location exposed to rain or snow
- A location near water faucets or water
- A location exposed to direct sunlight
- A location subject to high temperatures
- A location near open flames
• When you are installing the printer, work slowly and carefully to avoid pinching your
hands between the printer and the floor, or between the printer and another product.
You may be injured if your hands, etc. are pinched by the printer.
• When connecting the interface cables, connect the cables correctly by following the
directions in this manual. Failure to properly connect cables can damage the printer
or cause electrical shocks.
• When you are carrying the printer, hold the printer correctly by following the
directions in this manual. Dropping the product may lead to personal injuries. (See
"Moving the Printer," on p. 5-40.)
Power Supply
WARNING
• Do not scratch, damage or modify the power cord. Do not place heavy items on the
cord, pull on the cord, or bend the cord excessively. Electrical current may flow out
from damaged parts of the cord, causing fire or electrical shock.
• Do not place the cord near any heating appliance. Doing so may melt the cord
insulation, causing fires or electrical shock.
• Do not plug in or unplug the electrical cord if your hands are wet. Doing so may cause
an electrical shock.
• Do not connect more than one appliance to a single power outlet. Doing so may
cause fire or electrical shock.
• Do not coil or tie knots in the electrical cord. Doing so may cause fire or electrical
shock.
• Make sure the plug is fully inserted into the power outlet. If the plug is not fully
inserted, fires and electrical shock can result.
xvi
• Do not use any electrical cables other than the supplied cord. Doing so may cause
fire or electrical shock.
• As a general rule, do not connect the printer using an extension cord or connect
more than one appliance to a single power outlet. However, if there is no choice but to
use an extension cord or connect multiple appliances to a single power outlet, it is
the responsibility of the user to observe the following precautions. If these points are
not followed correctly, a fire or electrical shock may result.
- Do not connect one extension cord to another.
- Make sure that the voltage rating of the power plug for the product you are using is
the same as the voltage printed on the rating label (Detailed on the rear surface of
the product).
- Use an extension cord that can carry an electrical current sufficiently larger than the
electrical current requirements shown on the rating label of the printer (Detailed on
the rear surface of the product).
- When you use an extension cord, uncoil the cord and insert the power plug
completely into the extension cord outlet to ensure a firm connection between the
power cord and the extension cord.
- Periodically check that the extension cord is not overly warm.
CAUTION
• Do not use a power source with a voltage other than that indicated. Doing so may
cause fire or electrical shock.
• When you unplug the power cord, make sure you hold the cord by the plug. If you pull
on the cord itself, the cord may experience damage such as exposure of the core
wires or an open circuit, and electrical current leaking out of the damaged section
can cause fires or electrical shock.
• Whenever you pull out the power plug, make sure there are no objects around the
power plug. Do not pull out the power plug in an emergency.
Handling
WARNING
• Do not disassemble or modify this product. This product contains high voltage and
high temperature internal parts, which could cause a fire or electrical shock if
tampered with.
• Electrical components can produce unexpected hazards if not handled correctly.
Make sure that the power cord, cables, and internal gears and electrical components
are kept out of reach of children.
• If this product emits strange noises, smoke, excess heat, or unusual smells, turn the
power off immediately, and disconnect the USB cable if it is connected. Next, pull out
the power plug, and contact the store where you purchased this printer. Continuing to
use a faulty printer may cause fire or electrical shock.
• Do not use flammable sprays near this product. If the gas from the spray comes into
contact with the electrical unit inside the printer it may ignite or cause an electrical
shock.
xvii
• When you are moving the printer, always turn the printer off, unplug the power plug,
and remove the interface cable. If you move the printer without unplugging the
cables, the electrical cord and interface cable may be damaged, causing a fire or
electrical shock.
• Do not drop paper clips, staples, or any other metallic objects into the printer. Do not
spill water, liquids, or flammable substances (alcohol, benzene, thinners, etc.) onto
the printer. If any of these items come into contact with the electrical unit inside the
printer they may ignite or cause an electrical shock. If any of these objects fall into
the printer, turn the printer off immediately, and disconnect the USB cable if it is
connected. After this, pull out the power plug, and contact the store where you
purchased this printer.
• If you are connecting or disconnecting the USB cable while the printer power plug is
connected to a power outlet, make sure that you do not touch the metal parts of the
connector. Doing so may cause an electrical shock.
CAUTION
• Do not put any heavy objects on top of this product. If a heavy object topples over or
falls it can cause personal injuries.
• Take care when you are handling expansion boards. Do not touch the corners or
sharp areas of an expansion board as this may cause personal injury.
• If you will not use the printer for a long period of time, such as at night time, turn the
printer off for safety reasons. Furthermore, if you will not use the printer for a longer
period of time, such as a weekend, turn the printer off and unplug the power plug for
safety.
• Laser light can be harmful to the human body. In products that are designed for laser
light, the laser scanning unit is sealed behind a cover, and there is virtually no risk of
being exposed to the laser light if the product is operated normally. Be sure to
observe the following safety precautions.
- Never open any of the covers unless directed to by this manual.
- Do not remove the caution label attached to the cover of the laser scanner unit.
- If the laser beam escapes from the printer, exposure may cause serious damage to
your eyes.
- The LBP5200 has been verified as a Class 1 laser product in compliance with
IEC60825-1:1993.
xviii
Maintenance and Inspections
WARNING
• Turn the printer off, disconnect the USB cable and remove the power plug from the
wall when you are cleaning the printer. Failure to do so may cause fire or electrical
shock.
• When cleaning the printing, always use a cloth dipped in plain water or water
containing a mild soap solution and firmly wring the excess moisture out of the cloth
before use. Do not use alcohol, benzene, thinners or any other inflammable
substance. If an inflammable substance comes into contact with the electrical unit
inside the printer it may ignite or cause an electrical shock.
• There is a high-voltage unit inside this product. When you are clearing paper jams or
inspecting the interior of the printer, make sure that a necklace, bracelet, or other
metallic object does not touch the inside of the printer. Doing so may cause burns or
an electrical shock.
• Do not put spent drum cartridges or spent toner cartridges into a fire. Any toner
remaining in the drum or toner cartridges may ignite, causing burns or fire.
• Unplug the power plug periodically and wipe away any dust or dirt that has built up
around the power outlet. If the power plug is left connected for a long period of time
in a dusty, humid, or smoky environment, dust that gathers around the power outlet
will absorb moisture and reduce the effectiveness of the insulation, leading to fires.
CAUTION
• Never attempt to service this printer yourself, except as explained in this manual.
There are no user serviceable parts inside the printer. Adjust only those controls that
are covered in the operating instructions. Improper adjustment could result in
personal injury and/or damage requiring extensive repair that may not be covered
under your Limited Warranty.
• The area around the fuser unit inside the printer becomes hot during use. If you are
inspecting the inside of the printer while you are clearing a paper jam, etc. take care
not to touch the area around the fuser unit. Doing so can cause burns.
• Be careful to avoid staining your clothes or hands with toner while you are clearing a
paper jam, replacing the drum cartridge or replacing a toner cartridge. If you do get
any toner on your clothes or hands, wash it off immediately with cold water. If you
rinse using hot water the toner may become fixed, creating a stain that cannot be
removed.
xix
• When you are clearing jammed paper from inside the printer, remove the paper gently
so that toner that is on the jammed paper does not spray out of the printer. This could
lead to toner getting in your eyes or mouth. If toner gets into your eyes or mouth,
wash it out immediately with cold water and consult a doctor.
• When loading paper or removing jammed paper, take care not to cut your hands with
the edges of the paper.
• When removing used toner cartridges from the toner cartridge slot, remove the
cartridge carefully to prevent the toner from scattering and entering your eyes or
mouth. If the toner enters your eyes or mouth, wash them immediately with cold
water and immediately consult a physician.
Consumables
WARNING
• Do not put spent toner cartridges into a fire. The toner may ignite cause burns and
fires.
• Do not store toner cartridges or paper in a location where there are open flames.
Toner and paper could ignite, causing burns and fires.
CAUTION
Store toner cartridges and other consumables out of reach of infants. If toner from a
toner cartridge is swallowed, seek medical attention immediately.
xx
Before You Start Using This Printer
1
CHAPTER
This chapter describes the major features and basic functions of this printer.
Features and Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Component Names and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Inside the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Indicator Lights and Toner Replacement Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Connecting the Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Connecting the Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
Turning the Printer ON and OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Turning the Printer ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
Turning the Printer OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Connecting to a Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Using a USB Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Using a LAN Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
1-1
Features and Benefits
■ High Definition Full Color Printing
1
Before You Start Using This Printer
This printer is fitted with a 600 dpi full color laser printer engine. Through additional
gradation control, this delivers 9600 dpi equivalent x 600 dpi high quality printing.
Furthermore, calibration processing provides consistently stable images.
■ High Performance Printing System "CAPT"
Canon's latest high performance printing system for the Windows operating system,
CAPT (Canon Advanced Printing Technology), has been built into a color printer for the
first time. This system allows the data processing that was previously handled by the
printer during printing to be batch processed by the computer, delivering high-speed
printing that utilizes the full power of the computer. In addition, this means that even heavy
data can be processed without the need for expansion memory in the printer.
■ Compact Design
Although LBP5200 is a color printer, it is compact enough to fit on a desktop.
■ USB 2.0 High Speed Installed as Standard
The LBP5200 delivers high-speed transmission by supporting a high-speed USB 2.0
interface that offers up to 480 Mbps transmission speeds.
■ Easy Maintenance
While the "intermediate transfer unit", "light sensitive drum" and "waste toner box"
consumable parts are typically separated in a normal printer, in the LBP5200, these have
been integrated into a single drum cartridge (Canon Genuine Parts), which reduces the
number of points at which consumable parts need to be replaced.
In addition, replacement of the toner cartridges (Canon Genuine Parts) and other
principle consumables can be done through the front panel, providing complete operation
from the front of the printer.
■ Low Power Consumption and Quick Startup
The use of On-Demand Fixing Technology delivers low power consumption and quick
startup. This unique Canon technology means that the fixing heater is only turned on
momentarily during printing, and no time is needed to warm up the printer. As a result,
you can always start printing directly from standby mode without any delay. This energy
saving design also means that the fuser unit uses virtually no power while the printer is in
standby mode.
■ Support for Various Types of Media
The LBP5200 is capable of printing various types of media including plain paper, heavy
paper, envelopes, index card and transparency (black and white printing only).
1-2
Features and Benefits
■ Network-Capable Printer
The LBP5200 can be used as an Ethernet network printer by installing the optional
network board.
■ User-Friendly Color Control
The user interface with thumbnails delivers intuitive and easy to use color tone
adjustment.
Before You Start Using This Printer
1
Features and Benefits
1-3
Component Names and Functions
This section describes the names and functions of each part of the printer so that
you can use the printer properly and make full use of all the printer features.
Before You Start Using This Printer
1
CAUTION
Because this printer has ventilation slots (inlet and exhaust slots), make sure
that the printer is setup so that the ventilation slots are not blocked by a wall or
other object. If the ventilation slots (inlet or exhaust slots) are blocked, the
printer will heat up internally, and this may cause a fire.
Front View
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
j i h
a Output Tray
Collects output paper with the printed side facing
down. (See p. 2-12)
b Top Cover
This cover needs to be opened to replace toner
cartridges or the drum cartridge, or to clear paper
jams. (See p. 5-2, p. 5-18)
1-4
Component Names and Functions
c Indicator Lights and Toner Replacement
Key
The indicator lights show the printer status, and the
button is used when replacing a toner cartridge.
(See p. 1-6)
d Multi-purpose Tray
To feed paper to the printer from the multi-purpose
tray, open this panel and load the tray with paper.
(See p. 2-16)
g Extension Tray
The positions of the guides can be adjusted to
match the width of paper loaded in the
multi-purpose tray. The tray is also fitted with paper
limit guides, and paper can be loaded up to the
bottom of these guides. (See p. 2-18)
Open the extension tray when loading longer paper
sizes, such as A4 paper, to prevent the paper from
hanging out of the tray.
h Ventilation Slots (Air Intake)
These slots draw air into the printer to cool the
internal components.
f Auxiliary Tray
This tray should be extended when paper is loaded
in the multi-purpose tray. Make sure you extend this
tray before loading paper in the multi-purpose tray.
i Grips for Moving
When you are carrying the printer, put your hands in
these grips and grasp the printer firmly. (See p.
5-40)
j Power Switch
This switch turns the printer ON and OFF.
Rear View
a
b
h
c
g
f
a Ventilation Slots (Exhaust)
The exhaust slots are used to cool the internal
printer components.
b Lock Release Levers
Turn these levers to remove the fuser unit when you
are replacing the fuser unit or clearing paper jams
from the fuser unit. (See p. 7-22)
c Power Socket
Connect the supplied power cord to this socket.
d Fuser Unit
This unit fixes the toner to the paper.
e
d
e Sub-Output Tray
Collects output paper with the printed side facing up.
(See p. 2-12)
f USB Socket
The USB cable plugs into this socket. This is used to
connect the printer to the USB port on a computer,
etc. (See p. 1-13)
g Expansion Slot
This expansion slot is used for installing the optional
internal network board. (See p. 6-12)
h Ventilation Slots (Exhaust)
The exhaust slots are used to cool the internal
printer components.
Component Names and Functions
1-5
1
Before You Start Using This Printer
e Paper Guides
Inside the Printer
Before You Start Using This Printer
1
b
a
c
a Serial Number Label
The serial number used for printer identification is
written on this label. This is needed when servicing
or repairing the printer. Do not remove this label.
b Toner Cartridge Slots
This slot is used for loading toner cartridges.
c Drum Cartridge Slot
This slot is used for loading the drum cartridge.
Indicator Lights and Toner Replacement Key
NOTE
Detailed printer status information can also be checked from the Printer Status Window
on the computer you are using. For details on the Printer Status Window, refer to "Printer
Status Window," on p. 4-72.
a
b
c
d
e
a Toner Lamp (Red)
On: The printer is in "Toner Cartridge Replacement
Mode". (See p. 5-7)
Flashing: One or more of the toner cartridges need
to be replaced. The toner cartridges are not installed
correctly. (See p. 5-2)
1-6
Component Names and Functions
b Toner Replacement Key
This button is used when replacing toner cartridges.
To replace the toner cartridges on this printer, the
printer needs to be in "Toner Cartridge Replacement
Mode". Hold down the Toner Replacement Key for
two seconds to enter or leave "Toner Cartridge
Replacement Mode". The toner lamp comes on
when the printer enters "Toner Cartridge
Replacement Mode".
Blinking: The printer is out of paper or the size of the
paper loaded in the printer is incorrect.
d Alarm Lamp (Red)
On: A serious error has occurred and the printer
needs to be serviced.
Blinking: An error has occurred that has stopped the
printer from printing, but the printer does not require
servicing.
e Ready Lamp (Blue)
On: The printer is ready to print.
Blinking: The printer is busy performing some kind of
processing or operation, such as printing, warming
up, or calibrating.
1
Before You Start Using This Printer
c Paper Lamp (Red)
Component Names and Functions
1-7
Connecting the Power Cord
This section explains how to connect the power cord to the printer. Refer to
"Important Safety Instructions," on p. xv before connecting the printer.
Before You Start Using This Printer
1
Connecting the Power Cord
WARNING
• Do not scratch, break or work on the power cord. Do not place heavy items on
the cord, pull on the cord, or bend the cord excessively. Electrical current may
flow out from damaged parts of the cord, causing fire or electrical shock.
• Do not place the cord near any heating appliance. This can melt the cord
insulation, causing fires or electrical shock.
• Do not plug in or unplug the electrical cord if your hands are wet. Doing so may
cause electrical shock.
• Do not connect an excessive number of appliances to a single outlet. Doing so
may cause fire or electrical shock.
• Do not coil or tie knots in the electrical cord. Doing so may cause fire or
electrical shock.
• Make sure the plug is fully inserted into the power outlet. If the plug is not fully
inserted, fires and electrical shock can result.
• Do not use any electrical cables other than the supplied cord. Doing so may
cause fire or electrical shock.
• In principle, you should not connect the printer using an extension cord or
connect too many appliances to a single power outlet. However, if there is no
choice but to use an extension cord or connect multiple appliances to a single
power outlet, it is the responsibility of the user to take care of the following
cautions. If these points are not followed correctly, as fire or electrical shock
may result.
- Do not connect one extension cord to another.
- Make sure that the voltage rating of the power plug for the product you are
using is the same as the voltage printed on the rating label (Detailed on the
rear surface of the product).
- Use an extension cord that can carry an electrical current sufficiently larger
than the electrical current requirements shown on the rating label of the printer
(Detailed on the rear surface of the product).
- When you use an extension cord, untie the cord binding, and insert the power
plug completely into the extension cord outlet to ensure a firm connection
between the power cord and the extension cord.
- Periodically check that the extension cord is not overly warm.
1-8
Connecting the Power Cord
CAUTION
• Do not use a power source with a voltage other than that indicated. Doing so
may cause fire or electrical shock.
• When you unplug the power cord, make sure you hold the cord by the plug. If
IMPORTANT
• Do not plug the power cord into the auxiliary power outlet of a computer.
• One AC power outlet should be used exclusively for the printer.
• Do not connect this printer to an uninterruptible power supply. The printer may
malfunction when a power outage occurs, and there is a risk of damaging the printer.
1
Make sure that the power switch of the printer is turned OFF.
The printer is off when the switch is flush with the surface of the printer.
2
Plug the supplied power cord securely into the power socket
on the printer.
Connecting the Power Cord
1-9
1
Before You Start Using This Printer
you pull on the cord itself, the cord may experience damage such as exposure
of the core wires or an open circuit, and electrical current flowing out of the
damaged section can cause fires or electrical shock.
• Whenever you pull out the power plug, make sure there are no objects around
the power plug. Do not pull out the power plug in an emergency.
3
Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet.
Before You Start Using This Printer
1
1-10
Connecting the Power Cord
Turning the Printer ON and OFF
Turning the Printer ON
To begin using the printer, press the power switch to turn the printer on. After
running a check on the state of the main unit and optional accessories
(self-diagnostic test), the printer is ready to print.
IMPORTANT
• Do not turn the printer on again immediately after turning the printer off. If you want to
turn the printer on again after turning it off, wait at least 3 seconds after turning the printer
off before turning it on again.
• Refer to "Troubleshooting," on p. 7-1 if the printer does not operate properly, or an error
message appears in the Printer Status Window.
1
Press the power switch.
The printer is on when the power switch is depressed.
Turning the Printer ON and OFF
1-11
1
Before You Start Using This Printer
The printer can be turned on and off using the power switch on the left side of the
printer body. To avoid running into unexpected problems, be sure to correctly
memorize the procedure.
The indicator lights on the printer turn on and the printer initiates a self-diagnostic
test of the main unit and optional accessories.
If no abnormalities are found during the self-diagnostic test, the Ready lamp
(blue) lights up, and the printer is ready to print.
Before You Start Using This Printer
1
Illuminate
Turning the Printer OFF
Use the following procedure to turn the printer off.
IMPORTANT
• If the printer is used on a network, make sure that it is not printing data from another
computer before turning the power off.
• When the printer is turned off, any remaining print data in the printer's memory is erased.
If you need the print data, wait for the printer to finish printing before turning the power
off.
• Do not turn the power off under any of the following conditions:
- The printer is in the middle of printing.
- The printer is in the middle of the self-diagnostic test that runs immediately after the
power is turned on.
1
Press the power switch.
The printer is off when the switch is flush with the surface of the printer.
IMPORTANT
When the power switch is not pressed in, the power consumption is 0 W.
1-12
Turning the Printer ON and OFF
Connecting to a Computer
This printer is fitted with a USB connector as standard, and can be connected to a
computer using a USB cable. If the optional network board is installed, the printer
can also be connected directly to a network using a LAN cable.
Using a USB Cable
Connect the printer to a computer equipped with a USB port using a USB cable.
WARNING
If you are connecting or disconnecting the USB cable while the printer power
plug is connected to a power outlet, make sure that you do not touch the metal
parts of the connector. Doing so may cause an electrical shock.
IMPORTANT
• The USB cable can be connected and disconnected even if the computer or printer are
turned on. However, do not connect or disconnect the USB cable under the following
circumstances. Doing so may cause invalid operations on the computer or printer.
- While the computer operating system is starting up immediately after the computer is
turned ON
- The printer is in the middle of printing
• If you are connecting or disconnecting the USB cable while the computer and printer are
turned on, make sure you wait at least 5 seconds after unplugging the cable before
reconnecting. Reconnecting the cable immediately after disconnecting it may cause the
computer or printer to become inoperable.
• This printer use bidirectional communication. Operation of the printer when connected
via unidirectional communication equipment has not been tested, and as a result, Canon
cannot guarantee printer operation when the printer is connected using unidirectional
print servers, USB hubs and switching devices.
NOTE
• The USB interface of the printer depends on the OS of the computer it is connected to as
follows. For further details, please inquire at the store where you purchased the printer.
- Windows 98/Me: USB Full-Speed (USB1.1 equivalent)
- Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003: USB 2.0 Hi-Speed/USB Full-Speed (USB1.1
equivalent)
• When connecting this printer to a computer via a USB cable, make sure you use a
computer where the manufacturer has guaranteed operation of the USB port.
Connecting to a Computer
1-13
1
Before You Start Using This Printer
This section explains how to connect the printer to a computer.
• A USB cable is not supplied with this printer. Obtain a USB cable that matches the
computer you are using.
1
Plug the B-type (square) end of the USB cable into the USB
socket on the rear side of the printer.
Before You Start Using This Printer
1
2
Plug the A-type (flat) end of the USB cable into the USB port
on the computer.
NOTE
• If the Plug and Play automatic setup feature of the computer displays a Wizard
after you connect the USB cable, install the printer software using one of the
following procedures. Refer to "Installing the CAPT Software," on p. 3-5 for more
details.
- Click [Cancel] and install the software from CD-ROM Setup.
- Install the software using Plug and Play.
• If you are not sure about the USB cable that is supported by your computer, contact
the store where you purchased the computer.
1-14
Connecting to a Computer
Using a LAN Cable
When the optional network board (AXIS 1611) is installed, the printer can be
connected to a network using a LAN cable. The cables, hubs, etc. should be
obtained separately as required.
■ Network Environment
The optional network board supports 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX connections.
• When connecting to a 10BASE-T Ethernet network
Computer without a
10BASE-T Connector
Computer with a
10BASE-T Connector
10BASE-T
Cable
10BASE-T Compatible
Network Board
10BASE-T Compatible Hub
LAN Connector
• When connecting to a 100BASE-TX Ethernet network
Computer without a
10BASE-T Connector
Computer with a
10BASE-T Connector
100BASE-TX
Cable
10BASE-TX
Compatible Network Board
100BASE-TX Compatible Hub
LAN Connector
IMPORTANT
• The network board for this printer cannot connect to networks other than those listed
above.
• Make sure there is port available on the hub you will connect to. If there are no available
ports, the hub will need to be expanded.
Connecting to a Computer
1-15
1
Before You Start Using This Printer
NOTE
• For details on the procedure for installing the network board, see "Installing the Network
Board (AXIS 1611)," on p. 6-12.
• If this printer is connected to a network, network settings will need to be configured, the
printer will need to be installed as a network printer, the print server will need to be
configured, etc. For information on the steps required, refer to the users manual included
with your network operating system and the users manual included with AXIS 1611.
NOTE
If you are connecting the printer to a 100BASE-TX Ethernet network, all of the hubs, LAN
cables, computer network boards and other devices connected to the LAN will need to
support 100BASE-TX. For further details, please inquire at the store where you
purchased the printer.
1
Before You Start Using This Printer
1
Connect the LAN cable to the LAN socket in the network
board.
Make sure to use a LAN cable that is compatible with the LAN socket on the
network board as appropriate for the network you are using.
2
1-16
Connect the other end of the LAN cable to a hub.
Connecting to a Computer
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
CHAPTER
This chapter describes the types of paper that can be used with this printer, and how to use
the paper sources and catch trays.
Paper Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Usable Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Printable Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
Paper You Cannot Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
Storing Blank Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8
Storing Printouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8
Paper Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Paper Source Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
Paper Source Sheet Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Paper Source Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Paper Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Output Tray Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Paper Output Tray Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Output Tray Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Opening and Closing the Multi-Purpose Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Printing on Plain Paper, Heavy Paper or Transparencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Printing Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
Printing from the Paper Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Loading Paper into the Paper Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Changing the Paper Size of the Paper Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40
2-1
Paper Requirements
Usable Paper
To get the most out of the features of this printer, you should use the right kind of
paper. If you use poor quality paper, the printing quality will deteriorate and the
paper will jam easily.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
IMPORTANT
• The printing speed may drop depending on the paper orientation, paper size, paper type
and number of papers printed.
- Envelopes: Color Approx. 2.5 ppm, Black and White Approx. 4 ppm
• When you print continuously on paper narrower the A4 size (210.0 mm), a safety feature
that prevent printer damage due to overheating, etc. may be activated, causing the
printing speed to drop. (When black and white printing, the printing speed may even drop
to Approx. 4 ppm.)
Paper Sizes
You can use the following paper sizes with this printer. The symbol "O" indicates
paper sizes that can be loaded, and "X" indicates paper that cannot be loaded.
Paper Source
Paper Size
2-2
Dimensions
Multi-purpose
Tray
Cassette 1
(Optional)
A5
148.5 mm x 210.0 mm
O
O
B5
182.0 mm x 257.0 mm
O
O
A4
210.0 mm x 297.0 mm
O
O
Letter
215.9 mm x 279.4 mm
O
O
Executive
184.2 mm x 266.7 mm
O
O
Legal
215.9 mm x 355.6 mm
O
O
Envelope DL
110.0 mm x 220.0 mm
O
X
Envelope COM10
105.0 mm x 241.0 mm
O
X
Envelope C5
162.0 mm x 229.0 mm
O
X
Envelope Monarch
98.0 mm x 191.0 mm
O
X
Envelope B5
176.0 mm x 250.0 mm
O
X
Paper Requirements
Paper Source
Index Card
Dimensions
Multi-purpose
Tray
Cassette 1
(Optional)
76.2 mm x 127.0 mm
O
X
-
O
X
Custom Paper Size
Width: 76.2 - 215.9 mm
Height: 127.0 - 355.6 mm
Paper Types
You can use the following types of paper with this printer. The symbol "O" indicates
paper types that can be loaded, and "X" indicates paper that cannot be loaded.
Paper Type
Printer Driver
Setting
Paper Source
Multi-purpose
Tray
Cassette 1
(Optional)
Plain Paper (64 - 105 g/m2)
Plain Paper
O
O
Heavy Paper (106 - 135 g/m2)
Heavy Paper
O
X
Transparency
(Only for black and white printing)
Transparency
O
X
Envelope*
O
X
Envelope
* The envelope paper type is automatically selected when either [Page Size] or [Output Size] is set to an envelope
size.
■ Capacities
Paper Source
Paper Type
Multi-purpose Tray
Cassette 1
(Optional)
Plain Paper (64 g/m2)
Approx. 125 sheets
Approx. 250 sheets
Heavy Paper (135 g/m2)
Approx. 80 sheets
-
Transparency
(Only for black and white printing)
Approx. 60 sheets
-
Envelope
Approx. 10 sheets
-
Paper Requirements
2-3
2
Loading and Collecting Paper
Paper Size
■ Plain Paper
This printer can print on plain paper with width in the range of 76.2 to 215.9 mm, length in
the range of 127.0 to 355.6 mm, and weight in the range of 64 to 105 g/m2 including the
standard paper sizes: A4, B5, A5, Legal, Letter, and Executive.
Plain paper can be loaded in either the multi-purpose tray or in the paper cassette (only
when the optional 250-sheet paper feeder is installed).
■ Heavy Paper
This printer can print on heavy paper with width in the range of 76.2 to 215.9 mm, length
in the range of 127.0 to 355.6 mm, and weight in the range of 106 to 135 g/m2 including
the standard paper sizes: A4, B5, A5, Legal, Letter, and Executive. Heavy paper should
be loaded in the multi-purpose tray with the surface to be printed on facing up.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
IMPORTANT
The printing speed drops when printing on heavy paper.
■ Transparency
This printer can print on A4 or Letter size transparencies. Transparencies should be
loaded in the multi-purpose tray.
IMPORTANT
• Transparencies can only be printed in black and white.
• Thoroughly fan through each sheet before loading transparencies as they easily stick to
each other.
• The printing speed drops when printing transparencies.
■ Envelope
The envelopes that can be used with this printer are as follows:
Envelope DL
Envelope Monarch
Envelope B5
(110.0 mm x 220.0 mm)
(98.0 mm x 191.0 mm)
(176.0 mm x 250.0 mm)
Envelope COM10
Envelope C5
(105.0 mm x 241.0 mm)
(162.0 mm x 229.0 mm)
*You cannot use envelopes (Envelope DL, Envelope COM10, Envelope Monarch,
Envelope C5) that have a flap on the short edge.
2-4
Paper Requirements
NOTE
Printing on envelopes may produce wrinkles in the envelopes.
Paper Requirements
2-5
2
Loading and Collecting Paper
IMPORTANT
• The following envelopes cannot be used with this printer. Using any of these envelopes
may result in paper jams that are difficult to clear or may cause damage to the printer.
- Envelopes with fasteners or snaps
- Envelopes with address windows
- Envelopes with adhesive on the surface
- Wrinkled or creased envelopes
- Poorly manufactured envelopes in which the glued parts are uneven
- Irregularly-shaped envelopes
• Before loading the envelopes, push down on the stack of envelopes to expel any
remaining air, then press down firmly along the folded edges to crease the edges flat.
• Do not print on the reverse side (glued side) of envelopes.
• The printing speed drops when printing on envelops.
Printable Area
The printable area of this printer is as follows.
■ Plain Paper / Heavy Paper / Transparency
You cannot print on any area within 5 mm of the edges of the paper.
5 mm
5 mm
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
5 mm
5 mm
■ Envelope
You cannot print on any area within 10 mm of the edges of an envelope.
Depending the application you use for printing, you may need to adjust the position of the
envelopes during printing.
(Sample : Envelope COM10)
10 mm
241 mm
10 mm
10 mm
105 mm
10 mm
2-6
Paper Requirements
Paper You Cannot Use
To avoid problems such as paper jams and damage to the printer, do not use any of
the following types of paper.
Paper Requirements
2-7
2
Loading and Collecting Paper
IMPORTANT
• Paper that jams easily
- Paper that is too thick or too thin
- Irregularly-shaped paper
- Wet or moist paper
- Torn or damaged paper
- Rough, extremely smooth, or glossy paper
- Paper with binding holes or perforations
- Curled or creased paper
- Specially coated paper (coated paper for ink jet printers, etc.)
- Paper that has already been printed on using a copy machine or other laser printer.
(The reverse side of the paper is also unusable.)
- Paper with jagged edges
- Wrinkled paper
- Paper with the corners folded
• Paper that changes properties at high temperatures
- Paper that contains ink that could melt, burn, evaporate or emit harmful gases under
the heat (approx. 185°C or 365°F) of the fuser unit.
- Heat-sensitive paper
- Treated color paper
- Specially coated paper (coated paper for ink jet printers, etc.)
- Paper with adhesive on the surface
• Paper that causes the printer to malfunction or damages the printer
- Carbon paper
- Paper with staples, clips, ribbons or tape
- Paper that has already been printed on using a copy machine or other laser printer.
(The reverse side of the paper is also unusable.)
• Paper that is difficult for the toner to fix onto
- Paper with rough surfaces, such as handmade or rice paper
- Specially coated paper (coated paper for ink jet printers, etc.)
- Paper containing thick fibers
Storing Blank Paper
Even standard paper may deteriorate if not stored correctly. Degraded paper can
cause paper feed problems and paper jams, and may reduce printing quality.
Observe the following guidelines when storing and handling paper:
IMPORTANT
• Store paper away from moisture since paper quality deteriorates in a moist environment.
• The paper wrapper around new paper acts to prevent dampness and drying. Leave the
wrapper intact until you are ready to use the paper. You should also re-wrap the wrapper
around paper that you do not use.
• Store paper on a flat surface.
• Do not store paper on the floor where water and moisture can accumulate.
• Do not store paper in a place where it will curl or be creased.
• Do not store paper vertically or store too many stacks of paper in one pile.
• Do not store paper in places exposed to direct sunlight or high humidity.
• If there are extreme differences in temperature between the storage area and the place
where the paper is used, leave the paper in the wrapper in the usage area for about a
day to allow the paper to adjust before using it. Rapid changes in temperature and
humidity can cause paper to curl or wrinkle.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
Storing Printouts
Observe the following guidelines when handling or storing documents printed using
this printer.
IMPORTANT
• Do not store in clear folders or with other PVC materials. This can dissolve the toner,
causing the paper to stick to the PVC material.
• When gluing paper, be sure to use insoluble adhesive. The use of soluble adhesives can
cause the toner to dissolve. When you first use an adhesive, test it on an unneeded
printout before use.
Whenever you stack printouts, check that the documents are completely dry. If the
printouts are stacked before they are not completely dry, the toner may dissolve.
• Store paper on a flat surface. If the paper becomes folded or wrinkled, the toner may
peel.
• Do not store in a high temperature place. This can cause the toner to melt, making the
colors bleed.
• If you are storing printouts for a long period of time (2 years or more), store them in a
binder, etc. (Long-term storage can make printouts appear discolored due to
discolorations in the paper.)
2-8
Paper Requirements
Paper Sources
The standard configuration of the printer only provides the multi-purpose tray as a
paper source. By installing the optional 250-sheet paper feeder, paper can be fed
from a total of 2 paper sources.
2
Loading and Collecting Paper
Paper Source Type
This printer has the following paper sources:
■ Paper Source / Capacity
Multi-purpose Tray
125 sheets (64 g/m2)
Cassette 1
250 sheets (64 g/m2)
■ Maximum Capacity
375 sheets (64 g/m2)
Multi-purpose
Tray
Cassette 1
Paper Sources
2-9
Paper Source Sheet Capacities
Paper Type
Multi-purpose Tray
Cassette 1
Approx. 125 sheets
250 sheets
Approx. 80 sheets
-
Transparency
(Only for black and white printing)
Approx. 60 sheets
-
Envelope
Approx. 10 sheets
-
Plain Paper (64
g/m2)
Heavy Paper (135
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
Paper Source
g/m2)
Paper Source Selection
You can choose the paper source using the [Paper Source] sheet in the printer
driver.
1
Display the [Paper Source] sheet and select the paper source.
To display the [Paper Source] sheet in the printer driver, refer to "Specifying
Printing Options," on p. 4-10.
2-10
Paper Sources
Setting Value
Same Paper for All Pages
Paper
Selection
Different for First, Others, and
Last*
Different for First, Second,
Others, and Last*
Transparency Interleaving*
Description
Uses the same paper source
for the entire print job. If the
[Paper Source] is set to [Auto]
and [Continue Printing with
Multi-purpose Tray] is
checked, however, the printer
automatically switches the
paper source to the
multi-purpose tray when
cassette1 runs out of paper
during a print job.
Different paper can be
selected for each page, such
as for printing the covers on a
different type of paper.
Allows you to place paper
sheets between
transparencies.
Paper Source
First Page*
Auto
Second Page* Multi-purpose Tray
Cassette 1*
Other Pages*
Last Page*
Interleaf
Sheet*
Auto
Cassette 1*
Paper Type
Plain Paper
Heavy Paper
Transparencies
Envelope
Pause When
Printing from
the
Multi-purpose
Tray
Continue
Printing with
Multi-purpose
Tray*
Selects the paper source to
feed paper from. The settings
that are displayed vary
depending on the [Paper
Selection] setting.
Selects the type of paper
being used. (See p. 2-3)
-
Determines whether the
printer will pause and display
a message or print without
delay when feeding paper
from the multi-purpose tray.
-
Determines whether the
printer will automatically
switch the paper source to
the multi-purpose tray when
cassette1 runs out of paper
during a print job.
* These settings are only available when the optional 250-sheet paper feeder is installed.
Paper Sources
2-11
2
Loading and Collecting Paper
Setting Name
Paper Output
Output Tray Type
This printer is fitted with two output trays, the "Output Tray" on the top of the printer
and the "Sub-Output Tray" on the rear.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
■ Output Tray
Pages are output to the output tray on the top of the printer with the printed side facing
down.
NOTE
The output tray can hold up to approximately 125 sheets of plain paper (64 g/m2).
■ Sub-Output Tray
Pages are output to the sub-output tray on the rear of the printer with the printed side
facing up. Because paper output to the sub-output tray is ejected directly from the printer,
it is suitable for printing on transparencies, envelopes and other media that is easy to curl.
2-12
Paper Output
IMPORTANT
Paper should be removed from the sub-output tray one sheet at a time as it is ejected
from the printer.
Paper Output Tray Capacities
The number of sheets that can be output to each of the Output Tray and the
Sub-Output Tray is as follows.
2
Paper Source
Output Tray
Sub-Output Tray
Plain Paper (64 g/m2)
Approx. 125 sheets
1 sheet
Heavy Paper (135 g/m2)
Approx. 50 sheets
1 sheet
Transparency
(black and white printing only)
Approx. 10 sheets
1 sheet
Envelope
Approx. 10 sheets
1 sheet
Paper Output
Loading and Collecting Paper
Paper Type
2-13
Output Tray Selection
Switching to the Sub-Output Tray
To print to the sub-output tray, simply open the sub-output tray.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
CAUTION
The fuser unit is inside the sub-output tray. Because the area around the fuser
unit becomes hot while the printer is in use, take care to avoid touching this
area. Doing so may cause burns.
Switching to the Output Tray
To print to the output tray, simply close the sub-output tray.
2-14
Paper Output
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
Because the procedure for loading paper varies depending on the paper type, refer
to the appropriate procedure for the paper you want to load.
• Plain
Paper / Heavy Paper / Transparency (See "Printing on Plain Paper, Heavy
Paper or Transparencies," on p. 2-18)
• Envelope (See "Printing Envelopes," on p. 2-26)
IMPORTANT
Do not place anything on the multi-purpose tray apart from the paper that you will print
on. Do not push down on the tray, or apply any unnecessary force. Doing so may
damage the multi-purpose tray.
NOTE
Remove all paper from the multi-purpose tray before closing it. Keep the multi-purpose
tray closed when you are not using it.
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
2-15
2
Loading and Collecting Paper
The multi-purpose tray can be loaded with up to 125 sheets of paper (64 g/m2) with
dimensions in the range of 76.2 to 215.9 mm wide and 127.0 to 355.6 mm long. You
can also load transparencies, envelopes and other paper that cannot be loaded in
the paper cassette.
Opening and Closing the Multi-Purpose Tray
Opening the Multi-Purpose Tray
Open the multi-purpose tray using the following procedure.
1
2
Open the multi-purpose tray.
Loading and Collecting Paper
Grasp the handhold in the center of the printer, and open the multi-purpose tray.
2
Pull out the auxiliary tray.
IMPORTANT
Be sure to pull out the auxiliary tray when you load paper in the multi-purpose tray.
2-16
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
3
Open the extension tray when you are loading longer paper
sizes such as A4.
Closing the Multi-Purpose Tray
Close the multi-purpose tray using the following procedure. Keep the multi-purpose
tray closed when you are not using it.
1
Remove any paper from the tray, then close the extension tray
and return the auxiliary tray to its original position.
b
2
a
Close the multi-purpose tray.
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
2-17
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
Printing on Plain Paper, Heavy Paper or Transparencies
Use the following procedure to load plain paper, heavy paper, or transparencies.
IMPORTANT
• Transparencies can only be printed in black and white.
• Thoroughly fan through each sheet before loading transparencies as they easily stick to
each other.
• The printing speed drops when printing transparencies.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
1
Open the multi-purpose tray and pull out the auxiliary tray.
Refer to "Opening the Multi-Purpose Tray," on p. 2-16 for instructions on opening
the multi-purpose tray.
2
3
Push the paper guides out a little bit wider than the actual
paper width.
When loading transparencies, fan them in small batches and
line up the edges.
Fan a few pages at a time
2-18
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
Align the edges by tapping lightly
a few times on a flat surface
CAUTION
When loading paper, take care not to cut your hands with the edges of the
paper.
4
Gently load the stack of paper with the printing side facing up
until it touches the back of the tray.
Be sure that the stack of paper passes under the paper limit guides.
Paper Limit Guide
CAUTION
When loading paper, take care not to cut your hands with the edges of the
paper.
IMPORTANT
• The multi-purpose tray can be loaded with up to the number of sheets listed below.
- Plain Paper: Approx. 125 sheets (64 g/m2)
- Heavy Paper: Approx. 80 sheets (128 g/m2)
- Transparency: Approx. 60 sheets
• Check that there is sufficient clear space between the paper limit guides and the
paper. If there is no free space, slightly reduce the amount of paper.
• Load the paper so that it is straight.
• If the rear edge of the paper stack is not properly aligned, the paper may misfeed or
become jammed.
• If the paper is curled or folded at the corners, flatten it out before loading.
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
2-19
2
Loading and Collecting Paper
IMPORTANT
• Make sure to thoroughly separate individual sheets of transparency before loading
them. If the sheets are sufficiently separated, multiple sheets will feed at once
causing paper jams.
• When fanning or aligning the transparencies, try to hold the edges to avoid
touching the printing surface.
• Take care not to mark or stain the printing surface of the transparencies with
fingerprints, dust, or oil, as this may result in poor print quality.
• If you use paper that has been poorly cut, the paper may have a tendency to
double-feed. In this case, thoroughly line up the edges of the paper on a flat
surface before loading it.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
NOTE
To print on letterhead paper or paper with a logo already printed on it, load the
paper so that the printed side is facing up, as shown below.
: Paper Feed Direction
: Paper Feed Direction
2-20
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
Adjust the paper guides to meet both sides of the stack.
2
IMPORTANT
• Always make sure the paper guides match the width of the paper. If the paper
guides are too loose or too tight, the paper will not feed properly and this will cause
paper jams.
• Store unopened transparencies at a temperature between 0 and 35°C (32 to
95°F) and a humidity between 35 and 85%.
• Avoid leaving the transparencies exposed to air. Store them in their packaging.
• Do not touch the paper in the multi-purpose tray or pull it out during printing as this
may cause printer errors.
You are now ready to configure the printer driver settings.
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
2-21
Loading and Collecting Paper
5
6
Select [Print] from the [File] menu in the application. Select
the name of this printer from the [Name] or [Printer Name]
field and click [Properties].
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
The Properties dialog box for the printer is displayed.
7
2-22
Display the [Page Setup] sheet, then set the [Page Size] field
to the size of the document that you created in the
application.
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
Set the [Output Size] to the size of the paper loaded in the tray
as needed.
Select [A4] or [Letter] when printing transparencies.
Leave this field set to [Match Page Size] when the document page size and the
size of the paper loaded in the multi-purpose tray are the same, since there is no
need to change the setting.
2
Loading and Collecting Paper
8
IMPORTANT
If the [Page Size] and [Output Size] settings are different, the printer automatically
enlarges or reduces the printout.
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
2-23
9
Display the [Paper Source] sheet and set the [Paper Source]
setting to [Multi-purpose Tray].
If you change the [Paper Selection] setting to a value other than [Same Paper for
All Pages], even though the [Paper Source] field will be replaced by [First Page],
[Other Pages], and other fields, these are all configured in the same way as the
[Paper Source] setting.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
NOTE
When the optional 250-sheet paper feeder is installed you can interleave paper
sheets between transparencies by setting the [Paper Selection] field to
[Transparency Interleaving].
2-24
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
10 Change the [Paper Type] setting to match the type of paper
loaded in the paper tray.
Set this to [Plain Paper] for regular paper, [Heavy Paper] for thick paper and
cardboard, and to [Transparencies] for transparencies.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
11 Click the [OK] button to close the Properties dialog box.
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
2-25
12 Click the [OK] button to start printing.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
Printing Envelopes
Perform the following procedure to load envelopes in the multi-purpose tray.
IMPORTANT
• The envelopes that can be used with this printer are as follows:
Envelope DL
Envelope Monarch
Envelope B5
(110.0 mm x 220.0 mm)
(98.0 mm x 191.0 mm)
(176.0 mm x 250.0 mm)
Envelope COM10
Envelope C5
(105.0 mm x 241.0 mm)
(162.0 mm x 229.0 mm)
*You cannot use envelopes (Envelope DL, Envelope COM10, Envelope Monarch,
Envelope C5) that have a flap on the short edge.
• The following envelopes cannot be used with this printer. Using any of these envelopes
may result in paper jams that are difficult to clear or may cause damage to the printer.
- Envelopes with fasteners or snaps
- Envelopes with address windows
- Envelopes with adhesive on the surface
- Wrinkled or creased envelopes
2-26
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
- Poorly manufactured envelopes in which the glued parts are uneven
- Irregularly-shaped envelopes
• Before loading the envelopes, flatten the stack of envelopes to release any remaining air,
and press the fold lines along the edges tight.
• Do not print on the reverse side (glued side) of envelopes.
• The printing speed drops when printing envelopes.
NOTE
Printing on envelopes may produce wrinkles in the envelopes.
1
Open the multi-purpose tray and pull out the auxiliary tray.
Refer to "Opening the Multi-Purpose Tray," on p. 2-16 for instructions on opening
the multi-purpose tray.
2
3
Push the paper guides out a little wider than the actual width
of the envelopes.
Place the stack of envelopes on a flat surface and push on the
top surface to clear out any trapped air, then push down firmly
along the folded edges to flatten the envelopes.
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
2-27
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
CAUTION
When loading envelopes, be careful not to cut your hands with the edges
of the envelopes.
4
Loosen any stiff corners of the envelopes and flatten curls as
shown in the figure.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
5
2-28
Align the edges of the envelopes on a flat surface.
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
Load the stack of envelopes with the flaps closed and on the
left side, and the address side facing up. Gently insert the
stack until it touches the back of the multi-purpose tray as
shown in the figure.
Be sure that the stack of envelopes passes beneath the paper limit guides.
Paper Limit guide
2
CAUTION
When loading envelopes, be careful not to cut your hands with the edges
of the envelopes.
IMPORTANT
• Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at a time.
• Check that there is sufficient clear space between the paper limit guides and the
envelopes. If there is no free space, take out a few of the envelopes.
• You cannot print on the reverse side (glued side) of envelopes.
• Load the envelopes so that the flaps are on the left side.
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
2-29
Loading and Collecting Paper
6
• When printing to "Envelope B5", load the envelopes with the flaps closed and the
top edge facing into the printer.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
7
Adjust the paper guides to meet both sides of the stack.
IMPORTANT
• Although you should not leave any space between the paper guides and the
envelopes, do not push the paper guides so strongly that the envelopes buckle. If
the paper guides are too loose or too tight, the envelopes will not feed properly and
this will cause paper jams.
• Do not touch the envelopes in the multi-purpose tray or pull them out during
printing as this may cause printer errors.
You are now ready to configure the printer driver settings.
2-30
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
8
Select [Print] from the [File] menu in the application. Select
the name of this printer from the [Name] or [Printer Name]
field and click [Properties].
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
The Properties dialog box for the printer is displayed.
9
Display the [Page Setup] sheet, then set the [Page Size] field
to the size of the document that you created in the
application.
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
2-31
NOTE
If you set the page size to [Envelope DL], [Envelope COM10], [Envelope C5],
[Envelope Monarch], or [Envelope B5], a message is displayed and the paper type
is set to [Envelope] automatically.
10 Set the [Output Size] field to the size of the paper loaded in
the tray as necessary.
Leave this field set to [Match Page Size] when the document page size and the
size of the paper loaded in the multi-purpose tray are the same, since there is no
need to change the setting.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
IMPORTANT
If the [Page Size] and [Output Size] settings are different, the printer automatically
enlarges or reduces the printout.
2-32
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
11 Click [OK] to close the Properties dialog box.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
12 Click the [OK] button to start printing.
Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray
2-33
Printing from the Paper Cassette
Up to approximately 250 sheets of plain paper (64 g/m2) in sizes of A4, B5, A5,
Legal, Letter, and Executive can be loaded in the paper cassette (Cassette1) of the
optional 250-sheet paper feeder. If the paper source runs out of paper, the paper
lamp (red) will flash and you will need to load more paper.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
Loading Paper into the Paper Cassette
Use the following procedure to load the paper cassette with paper.
Always load the paper lengthways when loading the paper cassette.
IMPORTANT
• When loading paper for the first time after installing the paper feeder, be sure to turn the
printer on at least once before loading the paper.
• Do not pull paper out of the paper cassette while the printer is printing. Doing so can
cause paper jams and printer faults.
• Do not load the paper cassette with anything other than plain paper (64 to 105 g/m2).
Doing so can cause paper jams and printer faults.
• Do not load paper that has jagged edges, creases, or that is extremely curly. Doing so
can cause paper jams and printer faults.
• The number of sheets of plain paper that can be loaded in the paper cassette is
approximately 250 (for 64 g/m2 paper). Make absolutely sure that you do not load paper
beyond the paper limit marks. Loading paper past the paper limit marks can cause paper
feeding errors.
• Refer to "Usable Paper," on p. 2-2 for more details on the paper that can be used.
2-34
Printing from the Paper Cassette
• Do not refill the tray until after all of the paper has run out. Refilling the cassette before it
is empty can cause paper feeding errors.
• Do not touch the black rubber pad on the paper cassette. Doing so may cause paper
feeding errors.
Rubber Pad
NOTE
Refer to "Changing the Paper Size of the Paper Cassette," on p. 2-40 for information on
changing the paper size.
1
Pull out the paper cassette.
CAUTION
When loading paper, make sure that the paper cassette is pulled fully out
of the printer. If you attempt to load paper when the cassette is only pulled
out partway you may drop the paper cassette or knock over the printer,
which can cause personal injuries.
Printing from the Paper Cassette
2-35
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
2
Push down the plate in the paper cassette to lock it.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
CAUTION
When the plate in the paper cassette is locked, do not touch the lock
release levers on the left and right sides of the paper cassette. If the locks
are released, the plate springs up forcefully, and this can cause personal
injuries.
Lock Release Levers
Lock Release Levers
3
Load paper so that the back edge of the page touches the
paper guide.
Paper Limit
Mark
2-36
Printing from the Paper Cassette
CAUTION
When loading paper, take care not to cut your hands with the edges of the
paper.
Printing from the Paper Cassette
2-37
2
Loading and Collecting Paper
IMPORTANT
• Always check that the paper guide matches the size of the paper you are loading. If
the paper guide does not match the paper size that you load, paper feeding errors
will occur.
• The number of sheets of plain paper that can be loaded in the paper cassette is
approximately 250 (for 64 g/m2 paper). Make absolutely sure that you do not load
paper beyond the paper limit mark on the paper guide. Loading paper past the
paper limit mark can cause paper feed errors.
• If you use paper that has been poorly cut, the paper may have a tendency to
double-feed. In this case, thoroughly line up the edges of the paper on a flat
surface before loading it.
NOTE
To print on letterhead paper or paper that already has a logo already printed on it,
load the paper so that the printed side is facing down, as shown below.
2
Loading and Collecting Paper
: Paper Feed
Direction
: Paper Feed
Direction
4
Press down on both sides of the paper stack to make sure
that it is under the tabs on the side paper guides.
Check that there is sufficient clear space between the tabs and the paper.If there
is no free space, slightly reduce the amount of paper.
Tab
Tab
2-38
Printing from the Paper Cassette
Insert the paper cassette into the printer.
Push the paper cassette firmly into the printer until the front side of the cassette is
flush with the front surface of the printer.
2
● Paper Level Indicator
The paper cassette has a paper level indicator that shows the amount of paper
remaining in the cassette. If the cassette is fully loaded, the paper level
indicator is at the top. Because the indicator moves down as the amount of
paper drops, this gives a rough estimate of the amount of paper remaining.
Paper Level
Indicator
Printing from the Paper Cassette
2-39
Loading and Collecting Paper
5
Changing the Paper Size of the Paper Cassette
The size of paper in the paper cassettes can be changed using the following
procedure.
The paper sizes that can be loaded in the paper cassette are A4, B5, A5, Legal,
Letter, and Executive.
IMPORTANT
Always check that the paper guide matches the size of the paper you are loading. If the
paper guide does not match the paper size that you load, paper feed errors will occur.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
1
Pull out the paper cassette.
CAUTION
When loading paper, make sure that the paper cassette is pulled fully out
of the printer. If you attempt to load paper when the cassette is only pulled
out partway you may drop the paper cassette or knock over the printer,
which can cause personal injuries.
2
2-40
Remove any remaining paper from the paper cassette.
Printing from the Paper Cassette
Push down the plate in the paper cassette to lock it.
2
CAUTION
When the plate in the paper cassette is locked, do not touch the lock
release levers on the left and right sides of the paper cassette. If the locks
are released, the plate springs up forcefully, and this may cause personal
injuries.
Lock Release Levers
Lock Release Levers
Printing from the Paper Cassette
2-41
Loading and Collecting Paper
3
4
Squeeze the lock release lever on the rear paper guide and
slide the paper guide to the mark corresponding to the paper
size you want to use.
The paper size indicated on the paper guide should be aligned with the
mark.
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
IMPORTANT
If you are using B5 size paper (182 mm x 257 mm), set the paper guide to [B5-JIS].
Do not use the [B5-ISO] position. Also, do not use the [8.5" x 13"] position.
5
Adjust the positions of both of the side paper guides to match
the paper size.
When adjusting the side paper guides, hold both of the guides at the same time.
Adjust this component to match
the loaded paper size.
2-42
Printing from the Paper Cassette
IMPORTANT
If you are using B5 size paper (182 mm x 257 mm), set the paper guides to the
positions shown in the diagram ([B5-JIS] position). Do not use the [B5-ISO]
position.
[B5-ISO] Position
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
[B5-ISO] Position
6
Load paper into the paper cassette and insert the cassette
into the printer.
Refer to "Loading Paper in the Paper Cassette" (➞ The previous section) for
information on loading paper.
7
Using the following steps to register the size of the paper that
you loaded.
This printer's paper cassette cannot automatically detect the paper size.
Therefore, you need to register the size of the paper that is loaded.
Printing from the Paper Cassette
2-43
8
Open the [Printers and Faxes] folder or [Printers] folder.
For Windows 98/Me/2000: Select [Settings] ➞ [Printers] from the [Start] menu.
For Windows XP Professional/Server 2003: Select [Printers and Faxes] from the
[Start] menu.
For Windows XP Home Edition: Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, then
click [Printers and Other Hardware] ➞ [Printers and Faxes].
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
9
Select the [Canon LBP5200] icon, then select [Printing
Preferences] (For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003) or
[Properties] (For Windows 98/Me) from the [File] menu.
The [Properties] dialog box for the printer is displayed.
2-44
Printing from the Paper Cassette
10 Display the [Page Setup] sheet, then click [
] (Display
Printer Status Window).
The Printer Status Window appears.
11 Select [Register Paper Size] from the [Options] menu in the
Printer Status Window.
The [Register Paper Size] dialog box will appear.
Printing from the Paper Cassette
2-45
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
12 From [Cassette 1], select the size of paper loaded in the paper
cassette, then click [OK].
Loading and Collecting Paper
2
2-46
Printing from the Paper Cassette
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
CHAPTER
This chapter describes the procedure for installing the printer driver in a computer and the
settings for using the printer in a network environment.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
After Installing the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Each Time You Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Installing the CAPT Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
For Windows 98/Me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
For Windows 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
For Windows XP/Server 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
After Completing Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Printing a Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Configuring the Print Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-60
Installing the Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-70
Uninstalling the CAPT Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81
3-1
Introduction
After Installing the Printer
The following tasks need to be performed after you have set up the printer:
■ Installing the printer driver
The printer driver is a piece of software that is needed when you are printing from
application software. Settings related to printing can be configured using the printer driver.
The procedure for installing the printer driver varies depending on your environment.
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
• If you are printing with the printer connected to the computer using a USB cable (See p.
3-5)
• If you have installed the optional network board and the computer is connected to the
printer over a LAN, refer to the user manual supplied with your network operating system
and the user manual supplied with the AXIS 1611 for details about printing.
■ Using a computer to share the printer on a network (See p. 3-58)
If the printer is shared over a network from one computer and you want to use it from
other computers on the network, you first need to configure the computer settings and
install the printer driver on the client computers.
Each Time You Print
The following tasks need to be performed each time you print:
■ Specifying print settings
The printer paper size, original document size, number of copies, etc. are configured
using the printer driver. If these settings are not configured correctly, you will not be able
to achieve the expected results.
■ Printing
Select the printing option from the menu of the application software you are using. As the
method for printing varies depending on the application, refer to the individual users
manuals of each application.
3-2
Introduction
System Requirements
Your operating environment needs to meet the following requirements for you to
use the printer driver:
■ Operating system
• Microsoft Windows 98
• Microsoft Windows Me
• Microsoft Windows 2000 Server/Professional
• Microsoft Windows XP Professional/Home Edition
• Microsoft Windows Server 2003 (32-bit processor version only)
- Operating Environment
Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
CPU
Pentium
300MHz or higher
Pentium
300MHz or higher
Memory (RAM)*
64MB or more
Windows 2000: 64MB or more
Windows XP/Server 2003: 128MB or more
Hard Disk
20MB or more
15MB or more
(PC/AT Compatibles)
* As the actual amount of memory that is available for use differs depending on the configuration of your
computer system and the application you are using, printing cannot be guaranteed in all cases in the above
environments.
- Recommended Environment
Windows 98/Me
Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
CPU
Pentium III
600MHz or higher
Pentium III
600MHz or higher
Memory (RAM)
64MB or more
Windows 2000: 128MB or more
Windows XP/Server 2003: 256MB or more
■ Interface
When connecting via USB
• Windows 98/Me: USB Full-Speed (USB1.1 equivalent)
• Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003: USB 2.0 Hi-Speed/USB Full-Speed (USB1.1
equivalent)
When connecting via a network (Requires the optional network board)
• Connector: 10BASE-T or 100BASE-TX
• Protocol: TCP/IP, NetBIOS/NetBEUI (Windows XP/Server 2003 only supports TCP/IP)
NOTE
• If you want to use the sounds from the printer driver, a PC synthesizer (and the PCM
synthesizer driver) needs to be installed in your computer. Do not use the PC speaker
driver (speaker.drv).
Introduction
3-3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
Windows 98/Me
3
• This printer use bidirectional communication. Operation of the printer when connected
via unidirectional communication equipment has not been tested, and as a result, Canon
cannot guarantee printer operation when the printer is connected using unidirectional
print servers, USB hubs and switching devices.
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
3-4
Introduction
Installing the CAPT Software
This section describes the procedure for installing the CAPT software on a
computer that is directly connected to the printer using a USB cable.
• For Windows
98/Me (See p. 3-6)
2000 (See p. 3-21)
• For Windows XP/Server 2003 (See p. 3-37)
• For Windows
NOTE
• For details on the procedure for installing this software when the optional network board
is installed in the printer and the computer is connected to the printer over a LAN, refer to
the users manual supplied with the AXIS 1611.
• For details on the procedure for installing this software when the printer is shared on the
network from one computer and you are printing from another computer over the
network, see "Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer," on p. 3-58.
• A USB cable is not supplied with the printer. Obtain a USB cable that matches the
computer you are using.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-5
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
IMPORTANT
• The CAPT software is required for printing using this printer. Make sure that you install it.
• If there is not enough free space remaining on the hard disk, the following dialog will
appear during the installation. Click the [OK] button to quit the installation and create
more space on the disk before beginning the installation again.
For Windows 98/Me
The example screen shots shown in this section are from Windows Me.
Installing from CD-ROM Setup
1
Make sure that the printer is turned off and that the computer
and printer are not connected with a USB cable.
IMPORTANT
• At some point during the installation procedure (step 10 ➞ p. 3-8) you will need to
connect the USB cable and turn the printer on.
• If the Plug and Play automatic setup wizard appears, click [Cancel] and install the
CAPT software using this procedure.
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
2
3
Turn the computer on and start up Windows 98/Me.
Insert the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into
the CD-ROM drive.
If the CD-ROM is already in the drive, eject the disk and re-insert it into the drive.
CD-ROM Setup starts automatically.
IMPORTANT
If the CD-ROM Setup program does not start automatically, select [Run] from the
[Start] menu, enter "D:\English\CNAC3MNU.exe", and click the [OK] button. (In this
case the CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:". The actual CD-ROM
drive letter may be different depending on the computer you are using.)
4
3-6
Click [Install].
Installing the CAPT Software
A dialog box is displayed to confirm the language.
5
Check that the language is correct and click [Yes].
After the preparation for installation is complete, the CAPT (Canon Advanced
Printing Technology) software installer starts up, and the [Setup Wizard] dialog
box appears.
3
Click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
6
The [License Agreement] dialog box is displayed.
7
Confirm the contents and select [I accept the terms in the
license agreement], and then click [Next].
Installing the CAPT Software
3-7
8
Select the [Install Printer Driver through a USB Connection]
checkbox, then click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Depending on your system, a message may appear prompting you to restart your
computer. If this happens, restart the computer before continuing with the
installation.
9
The message [Unable to cancel setup after setup is started.
Are you sure you want to start setup now?] is displayed. Click
[Yes].
10 When the following window is displayed, connect the printer
to the computer with the USB cable and turn the printer on.
3-8
Installing the CAPT Software
Connect the printer to the computer using the USB cable.
Press the power switch to turn the printer on.
Installation of the USB class driver and the printer driver starts automatically.
NOTE
If the computer does not automatically recognize the printer after you connect the
USB cable, refer to "Installation Problems," on p. 7-41.
11 Once the installation complete screen is displayed, select
[Yes, I want to restart my computer now.] and click the [Exit]
button.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-9
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Windows will restart.
This completes the installation of the USB class driver and printer driver.
Installing with Plug and Play
IMPORTANT
Before using Plug and Play to install the CAPT software, make sure that the printer is
properly connected to the computer and that the printer is turned on.
1
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Turn the computer on and start up Windows 98/Me.
The [Add New Hardware Wizard] dialog box appears.
● For Windows Me
If the following dialog box appears, proceed to Step 2.
If the following dialog box appears, proceed to Step 9.
3-10
Installing the CAPT Software
● For Windows 98
If the following dialog box appears, click [Next], then proceed to Step 2.
3
2
Setting Up the Printing Environment
If the following dialog box appears, click [Next], then proceed to Step 9.
Select [Specify the location of the driver (Advanced)], then
click [Next].
For Windows 98: Select [Search for the best driver for your device.
(Recommended)], then click [Next].
A dialog box is displayed that allows you to specify the places to search.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-11
3
Insert the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into
the CD-ROM drive.
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].
4
Select [Search for the best driver for your device.
(Recommended).] and clear the checkmark next to
[Removable Media (Floppy, CD-ROM...)], then select [Specify a
location].
For Windows 98: Clear the checkmarks from [Floppy disk drives] and [CD-ROM
drive], then select [Specify a location].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
5
Click [Browse], then select a folder.
For Windows Me: Select [D:\English\USBPORT\WinMe], and then click [OK].
For Windows 98: Select [D:\English\USBPORT\Win98], and then click [OK].
In this case the CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:" The actual
CD-ROM drive letter may be different depending on the computer you are using.
3-12
Installing the CAPT Software
6
Make sure that the correct path is shown in the [Specify a
location] field, and then click [Next].
7
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Click [Next].
Installation of the USB class driver starts.
8
Click [Finish]
The computer automatically detects the printer. Please wait a moment.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-13
The [Add New Hardware Wizard] dialog box is displayed. For Windows 98, click
[Next].
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
9
Select [Specify the location of the driver (Advanced)], then
click [Next].
For Windows 98: Select [Search for the best driver for your device.
(Recommended)], then click [Next].
A dialog box is displayed that allows you to specify the places to search.
10 If the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM is not in the
CD-ROM drive, insert the "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM
into the drive.
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].
3-14
Installing the CAPT Software
11 Select [Search for the best driver for your device.
(Recommended).] and clear the checkmark next to
[Removable Media (Floppy, CD-ROM...)], then select [Specify a
location].
For Windows 98: Clear the checkmarks from [Floppy disk drives] and [CD-ROM
drive], then select [Specify a location].
12 Click [Browse], then select a folder.
Select [D:\English\Win98_Me], and then click [OK].
In this case the CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:". The actual
CD-ROM drive letter may be different depending on the computer you are using.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-15
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
13 Make sure that the correct path is shown in the [Specify a
location] field, and then click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
14 Click [Next].
15 Enter a new name in the [Printer name] field if you want to
change the name of the printer.
If another printer driver has already been installed on the computer, the message
[Do you want your Windows-based programs to use this printer as the default
printer?] will appear. In this case, select either [Yes] or [No].
3-16
Installing the CAPT Software
16 Click [Finish].
Windows will begin copying files.
17 Once the installation complete dialog is displayed, click [OK].
18 Click [Finish].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
This completes the installation of the USB class driver and printer driver.
Installing using the [Add Printer Wizard]
NOTE
When installing the CAPT software using the [Add Printer Wizard], the USB port that you
connect the printer to needs to have been setup previously.
1
On the [Start] menu, select [Settings] and then click [Printers].
The [Printers] folder will open. Double-click the [Add Printer]
icon.
The [Add Printer Wizard] dialog box is displayed.
NOTE
The [Add Printer Wizard] dialog box can also be opened using the following
procedure:
- Double-click [My Computer] ➞ [Control Panel] ➞ [Printers] ➞ [Add Printer]
(Windows Me only).
- Double-click [My Computer] ➞ [Printers] ➞ [Add Printer] (Windows 98 only).
Installing the CAPT Software
3-17
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
2
Click [Next].
3
Select [Local printer] and then click [Next].
NOTE
This window is not displayed if the network has not been configured.
4
3-18
Click [Have Disk].
Installing the CAPT Software
5
Insert the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into
the CD-ROM drive, then click [Browse].
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].
Select [D:\English\Win98_Me], and then click [OK].
In this case the CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:". The actual
CD-ROM drive letter may be different depending on the computer you are using.
7
Confirm the path shown in the [Copy manufacturer's files
from] field, then click [OK].
For example, [D:\English\Win98_Me] is displayed when the CD-ROM drive is
drive [D:].
"Canon LBP5200" is displayed in the [Add Printer Wizard] dialog box.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-19
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
6
8
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
9
Select this printer from the [Printers] list, then click [Next].
Select the USB port that you will connect the printer to, and
then click [Next].
10 Enter a new name in the [Printer name] field if you want to
change the name of the printer.
If another printer driver has already been installed on the computer, the message
[Do you want your Windows-based programs to use this printer as the default
printer?] will appear. In this case, select either [Yes] or [No].
3-20
Installing the CAPT Software
11 Click [Finish].
Windows will begin copying files.
12 Once the installation complete dialog is displayed, click [OK].
13 If the printer is not connected to the computer, connect it
using a USB cable and turn the printer on.
This completes the installation of the printer driver.
For Windows 2000
Installing from CD-ROM Setup
1
Make sure that the printer is turned off and that the computer
and printer are not connected by a USB cable.
IMPORTANT
• At some point during the installation procedure (step 11 ➞ p. 3-24) you will need to
connect the USB cable and turn the printer on.
• If the Plug and Play automatic setup wizard appears, click [Cancel] and install the
CAPT software using this procedure.
2
3
Turn the computer on and start up Windows 2000.
Log on as a user who is a member of the Administrators
group.
NOTE
Full Control Permission is required for the installation of the printer driver.
4
Insert the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into
the CD-ROM drive.
If the CD-ROM is already in the drive, eject the disk and re-insert it into the drive.
CD-ROM Setup starts automatically.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-21
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
IMPORTANT
If the CD-ROM Setup program does not start automatically, select [Run] from the
[Start] menu, enter "D:\English\CNAC3MNU.exe", and click the [OK] button. (In this
case the CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:". The actual CD-ROM
drive letter may be different depending on the computer you are using.)
5
Click [Install].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
A dialog box is displayed to confirm the language.
6
Check that the language is correct and click [Yes].
After the preparation for installation is complete, the CAPT (Canon Advanced
Printing Technology) software installer starts up, and the [Setup Wizard] dialog
box appears.
3-22
Installing the CAPT Software
7
Click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
The [License Agreement] dialog box is displayed.
8
Confirm the contents and select [I accept the terms in the
license agreement], and then click [Next].
Installing the CAPT Software
3-23
9
Select the [Install Printer Driver through a USB Connection]
checkbox, then click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
10 The message [Unable to cancel setup after setup is started.
Are you sure you want to start setup now?] is displayed. Click
[Yes].
11 When the following window is displayed, connect the printer
to the computer with the USB cable and turn the printer on.
3-24
Installing the CAPT Software
Connect the printer to the computer using the USB cable.
Press the power switch to turn the printer on.
Installation of the USB class driver (supplied with OS) and the printer driver starts
automatically.
NOTE
If the computer does not automatically recognize the printer after you connect the
USB cable, refer to "Installation Problems," on p. 7-41.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-25
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
12 Once the installation complete screen is displayed, select
[Yes, I want to restart my computer now.] and click the [Exit]
button.
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Windows will restart.
This completes the installation of the USB class driver (supplied with OS) and printer
driver.
Installing with Plug and Play
IMPORTANT
Before using Plug and Play to install the CAPT software, make sure that the printer is
properly connected to the computer and that the printer is turned on.
1
2
Turn the computer on and start up Windows 2000.
Log on as a user who is a member of the Administrators
group.
NOTE
Full Control Permission is required for the installation of the printer driver.
3-26
Installing the CAPT Software
3
Click [Next].
4
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Select [Search for a suitable driver for my device
(recommended)], then click [Next].
NOTE
[Unknown] may be displayed as the name of the device.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-27
5
Clear the checkmarks from [Floppy disk drives] and [CD-ROM
drives], then select [Specify a location] and click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
6
Insert the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into
the CD-ROM drive, then click [Browse].
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].
7
Select [D:\English\Win2K_XP]. Select [CNAC3STK.INF] and
click [Open].
In this case the CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:". The actual
CD-ROM drive letter may be different depending on the computer you are using.
3-28
Installing the CAPT Software
8
Make sure that the correct path is displayed in the [Copy
manufacturer's files from] field, then click [OK].
A dialog box is displayed when the search for driver files is complete.
3
Click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
9
Windows will begin copying files.
The [Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard] dialog is displayed next.
NOTE
If the [Digital Signature Not Found] dialog box appears, click [Yes].
Installing the CAPT Software
3-29
10 Click [Finish].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
This completes the installation of the USB class driver (supplied with OS) and printer
driver.
Installing using the [Add Printer Wizard]
IMPORTANT
If you want to print a test page, make sure that the printer is properly connected to the
computer and that the printer is turned on before installing the CAPT software.
NOTE
When installing the CAPT software using the [Add Printer Wizard], the USB port that you
connect the printer to needs to have been setup previously.
1
2
Turn the computer on and start up Windows 2000.
Log on as a user who is a member of the Administrators
group.
IMPORTANT
If the Plug and Play automatic setup wizard appears, click [Cancel] and install the
CAPT software using this procedure.
NOTE
Full Control Permission is required for the installation of the printer driver.
3-30
Installing the CAPT Software
3
On the [Start] menu, select [Settings] and then click [Printers].
The [Printers] folder will open. Double-click the [Add Printer]
icon.
The [Add Printer Wizard] dialog box is displayed.
NOTE
The [Add Printer Wizard] dialog box can also be opened by double-clicking [My
Computer] ➞ [Control Panel] ➞ [Printers] ➞ [Add Printer].
4
Click [Next].
5
Make sure that [Local printer] is selected, then click [Next].
NOTE
Do not select [Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer].
Installing the CAPT Software
3-31
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
6
Select the USB port that you will connect the printer to, and
then click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
7
8
Click [Have Disk].
Insert the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into
the CD-ROM drive, then click [Browse].
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].
3-32
Installing the CAPT Software
9
Select [D:\English\Win2K_XP]. Select [CNAC3STK.INF] and
click [Open].
In this case the CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:". The actual
CD-ROM drive letter may be different depending on the computer you are using.
10 Confirm the path shown in the [Copy manufacturer's files
from] field, then click [OK].
For example, [D:\English\Win2K_XP] is displayed when the CD-ROM drive is
drive [D:].
"Canon LBP5200" is displayed in the [Add Printer Wizard] dialog box.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-33
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
11 Click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
12 Enter a new name in the [Printer name] field if you want to
change the name of the printer, then click [Next].
If another printer driver has already been installed on the computer, the message
[Do you want your Windows-based programs to use this printer as the default
printer?] appears. In this case, select either [Yes] or [No].
3-34
Installing the CAPT Software
13 Click [Next].
NOTE
If you want to share the printer over the network, select [Share as] and click [Next].
A screen is displayed that allows you to enter a [Location] and [Comment] for the
printer. Enter this information as required and click [Next].
14 If you want to print a test page, select [Yes], then click [Next].
Installing the CAPT Software
3-35
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
15 Click [Finish].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Windows will begin copying files.
If you chose to print a test page, a dialog box is displayed after the page finishes
printing. Click [OK] to close the dialog box.
NOTE
If the [Digital Signature Not Found] dialog box appears, click [Yes].
16 If the printer is not connected to the computer, connect it
using a USB cable and turn the printer on.
This completes the installation of the printer driver.
3-36
Installing the CAPT Software
For Windows XP/Server 2003
The screen shots shown in this section are taken from Windows XP.
Installing from CD-ROM Setup
Make sure that the printer is turned off and that the computer
and printer are not connected by a USB cable.
IMPORTANT
• At some point during the installation procedure (step 11 ➞ p. 3-40) you will need to
connect the USB cable and turn the printer on.
• If the Plug and Play automatic setup wizard appears, click [Cancel] and install the
CAPT software using this procedure.
2
3
Turn the computer on and start up Windows XP/Server 2003.
Log on as a user who is a member of the Administrators
group.
NOTE
Full Control Permission is required for the installation of the printer driver.
4
Insert the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into
the CD-ROM drive.
If the CD-ROM is already in the drive, eject the disk and re-insert it into the drive.
CD-ROM Setup appears automatically.
IMPORTANT
If the CD-ROM Setup program does not start automatically, select [Run] from the
[Start] menu, enter "D:\English\CNAC3MNU.exe", and click the [OK] button. (In this
case the CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:". The actual CD-ROM
drive letter may be different depending on the computer you are using.)
Installing the CAPT Software
3-37
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
1
5
3
Click [Install].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
A dialog box is displayed to confirm the language.
6
Check that the language is correct and click [Yes].
After the preparation for installation is complete, the CAPT (Canon Advanced
Printing Technology) software installer starts up, and the [Setup Wizard] dialog
box is displayed.
7
Click [Next].
The [License Agreement] dialog box is displayed.
3-38
Installing the CAPT Software
8
Check the contents of the agreement and select [I accept the
terms in the license agreement], and then click [Next].
9
Select [Install Printer Driver through a USB Connection], then
click [Next].
If you are using an operating system equipped with Windows Firewall, such as
Windows XP Service Pack 2, the following window is displayed. Click [Yes] or
[No].
Click [Yes] to configure Windows Firewall to unblock communication with client
computers. Select this option if the computer you are currently installing is a print
server.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-39
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Click [No] to configure Windows Firewall to block communications with client
computers.
10 The message [Unable to cancel setup after setup is started.
Are you sure you want to start setup now?] is displayed. Click
[Yes].
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
NOTE
If the [Software Installation] dialog box appears, click [Continue Anyway].
11 When the following window is displayed, connect the printer
to the computer with the USB cable and turn the printer on.
Connect the printer to the computer using the USB cable.
3-40
Installing the CAPT Software
Press the power switch to turn the printer on.
NOTE
• If the computer does not automatically recognize the printer after you connect the
USB cable, refer to "Installation Problems," on p. 7-41.
• If the [Hardware Installation] dialog box appears, click [Continue Anyway].
12 Once the installation complete screen is displayed, select
[Yes, I want to restart my computer now.] and click the [Exit]
button.
Windows restarts.
This completes the installation of the USB class driver (supplied with OS) and printer
driver.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-41
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
Installation of the USB class driver (supplied with OS) and the printer driver starts
automatically.
Installing with Plug and Play
IMPORTANT
Before using Plug and Play to install the CAPT software, make sure that the printer is
properly connected to the computer and that the printer is turned on.
1
2
3
Turn the computer on and start up Windows XP/Server 2003.
Log on as a user who is a member of the Administrators
group.
Setting Up the Printing Environment
NOTE
Full Control Permission is required for the installation of the printer driver.
3
Insert the "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into the CD-ROM
drive. Select [Install from a list or specific location
(Advanced)], then click [Next].
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].
3-42
Installing the CAPT Software
4
Select [Search for the best driver in these locations.] and clear
the checkmark from [Search removable media (floppy,
CD-ROM...)], then select [Include this location in the search].
5
Click [Browse], then select a folder.
Select [D:\English\Win2K_XP], and then click [OK].
In this case the CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:". The actual
CD-ROM drive letter may be different depending on the computer you are using.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-43
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
6
Make sure that the correct path is displayed in the [Include
this location in the search] field, then click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
An installation in progress screen is displayed.
After this, the [Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard] dialog is displayed.
NOTE
If the [Hardware Installation] dialog box appears, click [Continue Anyway].
7
Click [Finish].
IMPORTANT
If you are using an operating system equipped with Windows Firewall, such as
Windows XP Service Pack 2, as a print server, you need to configure Windows
Firewall to unblock communication with the client computers. (See p. 8-14)
This completes the installation of the USB class driver (supplied with OS) and printer
driver.
3-44
Installing the CAPT Software
Installing using the [Add Printer Wizard]
IMPORTANT
If you want to print a test page, make sure that the printer is properly connected to the
computer and that the printer is turned on before installing the CAPT software.
NOTE
When installing the CAPT software using the [Add Printer Wizard], the USB port that you
connect the printer to needs to have been setup previously.
Turn the computer on and start up Windows XP/Server 2003.
IMPORTANT
If the Plug and Play automatic setup wizard appears, click [Cancel] and install the
CAPT software using this procedure.
2
Log on as a user who is a member of the Administrators
group.
NOTE
Full Control Permission is required for the installation of the printer driver.
3
Open the [Printers and Faxes] folder.
For Windows XP Professional/Server 2003:
Select [Printers and Faxes] from the [Start] menu.
For Windows XP Home Edition:
Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, then click [Printers and Other
Hardware] ➞ [Printers and Faxes].
Installing the CAPT Software
3-45
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
1
4
Click [Add a printer].
For Windows Server 2003: Double-click [Add Printer].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
The [Add Printer Wizard] dialog box is displayed.
5
3-46
Click [Next].
Installing the CAPT Software
6
Make sure that [Local printer attached to this computer] is
selected, then click [Next].
NOTE
Do not select [Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer].
7
Make sure that [Use the following port] is selected, then select
the USB port that you will connect the printer to and click
[Next].
Installing the CAPT Software
3-47
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
8
Click [Have Disk].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
9
Insert the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into
the CD-ROM drive, then click [Browse].
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].
3-48
Installing the CAPT Software
10 Select [D:\English\Win2K_XP]. Select [CNAC3STK.INF] and
click [Open].
In this case the CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:". The actual
CD-ROM drive letter may be different depending on the computer you are using.
11 Confirm the path shown in the [Copy manufacturer's files
from] field, then click [OK].
For example, [D:\English\Win2K_XP] is displayed when the CD-ROM drive is
drive [D:].
"Canon LBP5200" is displayed in the [Add Printer Wizard] dialog box.
Installing the CAPT Software
3-49
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
12 Click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
13 Enter a new name in the [Printer name] field if you want to
change the name of the printer, then click [Next].
If another printer driver has already been installed in the computer, the message
"Do you want your Windows-based programs to use this printer as the default
printer?" appears. In this case, select [Yes] or [No].
3-50
Installing the CAPT Software
14 Click [Next].
NOTE
If you want to share the printer over the network, select [Share name] and click
[Next]. A screen is displayed that allows you to enter a [Location] and [Comment]
for the printer. Enter this information as required and click [Next].
15 If you want to print a test page, select [Yes], then click [Next].
Installing the CAPT Software
3-51
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
16 Click [Finish].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Windows will begin copying files.
If you chose to print a test page, a dialog box is displayed after the page finishes
printing. Click [OK] to close the dialog box.
NOTE
If the [Hardware Installation] dialog box appears, click [Continue Anyway].
17 If the printer is not connected to the computer, connect it
using a USB cable and turn the printer on.
IMPORTANT
If you are using an operating system equipped with Windows Firewall, such as
Windows XP Service Pack 2, as a print server, you need to configure Windows
Firewall to unblock communication with the client computers. (See p. 8-14)
This completes the installation of the printer driver.
3-52
Installing the CAPT Software
After Completing Installation
When the installation of the CAPT software is complete, an icon and folder will be
created for the printer.
■ For Windows 98/Me/2000
• The icon for the printer is displayed in the [Printers] folder.
• [Canon Printer Uninstaller] is added to [Programs] under the [Start] menu.
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
After Completing Installation
3-53
■ For Windows XP/Server 2003
• The icon for the printer is displayed in the [Printers and Faxes] folder.
• [Canon Printer Uninstaller] is added to [All Programs] under the [Start] menu.
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
3-54
After Completing Installation
Printing a Test Page
Before using the printer for the first time, be sure to print a test page using the
following procedure.
NOTE
The screen shots shown here are taken from Windows XP Professional.
1
Open the [Printers] folder or [Printers and Faxes] folder.
For Windows 98/Me/2000: Select [Settings] ➞ [Printers] from the [Start] menu.
For Windows XP Professional/Server 2003: Select [Printers and Faxes] from the
[Start] menu.
For Windows XP Home Edition: Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, then
click [Printers and Other Hardware] ➞ [Printers and Faxes].
The [Printers] folder or the [Printers and Faxes] folder is displayed.
Printing a Test Page
3-55
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
2
Select the icon for the printer, then select [Properties] from
the [File] menu.
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
The Properties dialog box for the printer is displayed.
3
Click [Print Test Page] on the [General] sheet.
The printer will begin printing a test page.
3-56
Printing a Test Page
If the test page printed properly, click [OK] or [Yes].
NOTE
If the test page did not printed properly, refer to Chapter 7 "Troubleshooting".
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
4
Printing a Test Page
3-57
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared
Printer
If you set the printer up as a shared network printer, you will be able to print directly
to the printer from any computer on the network.
If you want to use the printer as a shared printer, perform the following
configuration. In this section, the computer that is directly connected to the printer is
called the print server, and other computers that access the printer over the
network are called client computers.
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Network Environment
Print Server
Windows 98/Me
LBP5200
Local
Installation
Printing
Download
and Install
Client
Windows 2000/XP/
Server 2003
Client
Windows 98/Me
Download
and Install
Network Environment
Print Server
Windows 2000/XP/
Server 2003
LBP5200
Local
Installation
Printing
Download
and Install
Client
Windows 2000/XP/
Server 2003
Client
Windows 98/Me
Download and Install
3-58
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
If you want to use a print server, perform the following steps.
Items to Configure
1
Refer to
Install the printer driver on the print server
• If the printer and print server are connected via a USB p. 3-5
cable
• If the optional network card is installed, and the printer The instruction manual
and print server are connected by a LAN cable
supplied with your network
OS and the instruction
manual for the AXIS 1611
3
Configure the Print Server
• For Windows 98/Me
p. 3-60
• For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
p. 3-64
Install the Clients
p. 3-70
3
NOTE
Using this printer on your network requires that both the print server and clients are using
Windows 98/Me or Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003.
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3-59
Setting Up the Printing Environment
2
Configuring the Print Server
For Windows 98/Me
NOTE
The example screen shots shown in this section are from Windows Me.
■ Preparing the Print Sharing Settings
1
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Double-click [My Computer] ➞ [Control Panel] ➞ the
[Network] icon.
The [Network] dialog box is displayed.
2
Open the [Configuration] sheet, then click [Add].
The [Select Network Component Type] dialog box is displayed.
3
3-60
Select the [Service] icon, then click [Add].
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
4
Select [File and printer sharing for Microsoft Networks], then
click [OK].
The [Select Network Component Type] dialog box appears momentarily, then the
[Network] dialog box reappears.
5
6
Click [File and Print Sharing].
Make sure that [I want to be able to allow others to print to my
printer(s).] is selected, then click [OK].
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3-61
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
7
Go to the [Access Control] sheet and select either
[Share-level access control] or [User-level access control].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
8
Click [OK], then restart Windows.
■ Printer Sharing Settings
1
From the [Start] menu, select [Settings] ➞ [Printers].
The [Printers] folder opens.
2
3-62
Right-click the icon for the printer, then select [Sharing] from
the pop-up menu.
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3
Select [Shared As]. Change the [Share Name] and enter a
[Comment] and [Password] as needed.
NOTE
• If you selected [User-level access control] in Step 7 of the "Network Settings"
procedure (See p. 3-62), click [Add] and select the users that can use the printer.
• Do not enter blank or special characters in [Shared As].
4
Click the [OK] button.
The printer icon changes to the shared printer icon.
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3-63
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
NOTE
The screen shots shown in this section are taken from Windows XP Professional.
■ Preparing the Print Sharing Settings
1
Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, then click
[Network and Internet Connections] ➞ [Network
Connections].
For Windows 2000: Select [Settings] ➞ [Network and Dial-up Connections] from
the [Start] menu.
For Windows Server 2003: Select [Control Panel] ➞ [Network Connections] ➞
[Local Area Connection] from the [Start] menu, and then proceed to Step 3.
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
For Windows 2000: The [Network and Dial-up Connections] folder is displayed.
For Windows XP: The [Network Connections] folder is displayed.
2
Right-click the [Local Area Connection] icon, then select
[Properties] from the pop-up menu.
The [Local Area Connection Properties] dialog box appears.
3-64
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3
Check that [File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks] is
selected, then click [OK].
■ Printer Sharing Settings
NOTE
On Windows XP, printer sharing cannot be configured using the default settings (the
settings immediately after installation).
To configure printer sharing, you need to run the [Network Setup Wizard] and enable the
printer sharing.
For more details, see the Windows online help files.
1
Open the [Printers] folder or [Printers and Faxes] folder.
For Windows 2000: Select [Settings] ➞ [Printers] from the [Start] menu.
For Windows XP Professional/Server 2003: Select [Printers and Faxes] from the
[Start] menu.
For Windows XP Home Edition: Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, then
click [Printers and Other Hardware] ➞ [Printers and Faxes].
The [Printers] folder or the [Printers and Faxes] folder is displayed.
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3-65
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
2
Right-click the icon for the printer, then select [Sharing] from
the pop-up menu.
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
3
Select [Share this printer]. Change the share name if required.
For Windows 2000: Select [Shared as].
NOTE
• You can also specify the sharing settings during the local installation.
• Do not enter blank or special characters in the share name.
3-66
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
4
Click [Additional Drivers].
The [Additional Drivers] dialog box is displayed.
5
Place a checkmark next to [Windows 95, 98 and Me], then
click [OK].
For Windows 2000: Place a checkmark next to [Windows 95 or 98], and then
click [OK].
6
Insert the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into
the CD-ROM drive.
If the [Insert Disk] dialog box appears, click [OK].
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3-67
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
7
Click [Browse]. If your CD-ROM drive is drive [D:], select
[D:\English\Win98_Me], and then click [OK].
Windows will begin copying files.
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
8
Click [OK].
The printer icon changes to the shared printer icon.
IMPORTANT
Select [Do not share this printer] on the [Sharing] sheet to clear the printer share
settings. If you are clearing printer share settings on an operating system equipped
with Windows Firewall, such as Window XP Service Pack 2, you need to use the
utility software to clear the settings that were previously registered with Windows
Firewall. (See p. 8-14)
3-68
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
■ Configuring Windows Firewall
If you are using an operating system equipped with Windows Firewall, such as Windows
XP Service Pack 2, as a print server, you need to configure Windows Firewall to allow
communication with the client computers.
Use the following procedure to ensure that Windows Firewall does not block this
communication.
• If you installed the CAPT software from CD-ROM Setup, a [Warning] dialog box was
displayed.
- If you clicked [Yes], Windows Firewall was configured to allow communication with the
client computers.
- If you clicked [No], however, Windows Firewall was configured to block communication
with the client computers, and you will need to use the following method to clear that
block.
1. Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, then click [Network and Internet
Connections] ➞ [Windows Firewall].
2. On the [Exceptions] sheet in the [Windows Firewall] dialog box, place a checkmark
next to [Canon LBP5200 RPC Server Process], and click the [OK] button.
• If you installed the CAPT software by any method other than CD-ROM Setup, you need
to use the utility software to configure Windows Firewall to unblock communication with
the client computers. (See p. 8-14)
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3-69
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Installing the Client
This section describes the procedure for installing the printer driver on a client
computer.
There are two ways to install the printer driver: local installation and download
installation.
■ Local Installation (See p. 3-71)
This installs the printer driver using the supplied CD-ROM.
■ Download and Install
This installs the printer driver by downloading it from the print server, without needing to
use the supplied CD-ROM. There are two ways for download and install the driver:
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
• Installing using the [Add Printer Wizard] (See p. 3-76)
• Installing using [Windows Explorer] (See p. 3-80)
IMPORTANT
• If you are using Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, be sure to log on as a user who is a
member of the Administrators group after starting the computer.
• If you are using Windows XP Service Pack 2 or another operating system equipped with
Windows Firewall on the client side, configure the following settings. If you do not setup
the following settings on the client side, the printer status may not display properly in the
Printer Status Window and you may not be able to access some of the printer functions.
1. Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, then click [Network and Internet
Connections] then [Windows Firewall].
2. On the [Exceptions] sheet in the [Windows Firewall] dialog box, place a checkmark
next to [File and Printer Sharing], and click the [OK] button.
3-70
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
NOTE
• Clients can use both Windows 98/Me and Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003.
• If your print server is Windows 98/Me, you cannot download and install on Windows
2000/XP/Server 2003.
• The screen shots shown in this section are taken from Windows XP Professional.
Installing from CD-ROM Setup
Insert the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into
the CD-ROM drive.
If the CD-ROM is already in the drive, eject the disk and re-insert it into the drive.
The CD-ROM Setup program starts automatically.
IMPORTANT
If the CD-ROM Setup program does not start automatically, select [Run] from the
[Start] menu, enter "D:\English\CNAC3MNU.exe", and click the [OK] button. (In this
case the CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:". The actual CD-ROM
drive letter may be different depending on the computer you are using.)
2
Click [Install].
A dialog box is displayed to confirm the language.
3
Check that the language is correct and click [Yes].
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3-71
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
1
After the preparation for installation is complete, the CAPT (Canon Advanced
Printing Technology) software installer starts up, and the [Setup Wizard] dialog
box appears.
4
Click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
The [License Agreement] dialog box is displayed.
5
3-72
Check the contents of the agreement and select [I accept the
terms in the license agreement], and then click [Next].
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
6
If the box for [Install Printer driver through a USB Connection]
is checked, uncheck the box, then click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
NOTE
Do not select [Install Printer Driver through a USB Connection].
7
Set [Port Settings] to [Use Network Printer], then click
[Settings].
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3-73
8
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
9
Select the directory of the print server, then click [OK].
Select whether or not to use this printer as the default printer,
then click [Next].
10 Click [Start].
3-74
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
If you are using an operating system equipped with Windows Firewall, such as
Windows XP Service Pack 2, the following window is displayed. Click [No].
You should only choose [Yes] if the computer you are currently installing is a print
server.
11 The message [Unable to cancel setup after setup is started.
The installation of the printer driver starts.
12 Once the installation complete screen is displayed, select
[Yes, I want to restart my computer now.] and click the [Exit]
button.
Windows restarts.
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3-75
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
Are you sure you want to start setup now?] is displayed. Click
[Yes].
Installing using the Add Printer Wizard
1
Open the [Printers] folder or [Printers and Faxes] folder.
For Windows 98/Me/2000: Select [Settings] ➞ [Printers] from the [Start] menu.
For Windows XP Professional/Server 2003: Select [Printers and Faxes] from the
[Start] menu.
For Windows XP Home Edition: Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, then
click [Printers and Other Hardware] ➞ [Printers and Faxes].
The [Printers] folder or the [Printers and Faxes] folder is displayed.
2
3
The [Add Printer Wizard] dialog box is displayed.
Setting Up the Printing Environment
For Windows 98/Me/2000: Double-click [Add Printer].
For Windows XP Professional/Home Edition: Click [Add a printer].
For Windows Server 2003: Double-click [Add Printer].
The [Add Printer Wizard] dialog box is displayed.
3
3-76
Click [Next].
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
4
Select [A network printer, or a printer attached to another
computer], then click [Next].
For Windows 98/Me/2000: Select [Network printer] then click [Next].
5
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Click [Next].
For Windows 98/Me: Click [Browse].
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3-77
6
Select the directory of the print server, then click [Next].
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
For Windows 98/Me: Proceed to Step 8.
7
3-78
Select whether or not to use this printer as the default printer,
then click [Next].
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
Click [Finish].
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
8
NOTE
If the [Hradware Installation] dialog box appears, click [Continue Anyway].
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
3-79
Installing using [Windows Explorer]
1
From the [Start] menu, select [All Programs] ➞ [Accessories]
➞ [Windows Explorer].
For Windows Me/2000: From the [Start] menu, select [Programs] ➞
[Accessories] ➞ [Windows Explorer].
For Windows 98: From the [Start] menu, select [Programs] ➞ [Windows
Explorer].
The [Windows Explorer] window is displayed.
2
Setting Up the Printing Environment
3
Select the print server from [My Network Places] (or [Network
Computers] for Windows 98), then double-click the icon for
this printer.
Alternatively, you can drag and drop the icon for the printer into the [Printers and
Faxes] folder or [Printers] folder.
3
3-80
Follow the instructions that appear on the screen.
Printing from a Network Computer using a Shared Printer
Uninstalling the CAPT Software
The process of removing software to restore the computer to the same state as
before the software was installed is referred to as uninstalling. Use the following
procedure to uninstall the CAPT software.
1
Close all of the files and programs listed below:
• Help files
• Printer Status Window
• Control Panel
• Other applications
2
From the [Start] menu, select [All Programs] ➞ [Canon Printer
Uninstaller] ➞ [Canon LBP5200 Uninstaller].
For Windows 98/Me/2000: From the [Start] menu, select [Programs] ➞ [Canon
Printer Uninstaller] ➞ [Canon LBP5200 Uninstaller].
The [Delete Printer] dialog box is displayed.
3
Select the name of the printer.
Uninstalling the CAPT Software
3-81
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
IMPORTANT
• If the software was installed with administrative permissions on Windows 2000/XP/
Server 2003, then it cannot be uninstalled by anyone that does not have administrative
permissions. Make sure you log on as a member of the Administrators group before
uninstalling.
• If you are using a computer with an operating system equipped with Windows Firewall,
such as Windows XP Service Pack 2, the printer is registered in the [Exceptions] sheet in
the [Windows Firewall] dialog box.
When you uninstall the CAPT software using the uninstaller, the settings for this printer
are removed from the [Exceptions] sheet in the [Windows Firewall] dialog box.
4
Click [Delete].
3
Setting Up the Printing Environment
A confirmation message is displayed.
5
Click [Yes].
The uninstallation process begins. Please wait a moment.
6
Click [Exit].
The [Delete Printer] dialog box closes.
NOTE
If the CAPT software could not be uninstalled, refer to "If Uninstallation Fails," on p.
7-42.
3-82
Uninstalling the CAPT Software
Printing a Document
4
CHAPTER
This chapter describes the printing procedures and the functions of the printer.
Setting Printer Information Before Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Printing from an Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Specifying Printing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
For Windows 98/Me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
Canceling a Print Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Using the Printing Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Various Pages in the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
Scaling Printer Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40
Poster Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42
Watermark Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43
Specifying Custom Paper (Non-Standard Paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47
Printing Borders and The Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50
Gutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52
Specifying the Finishing Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53
Specifying the Paper Feed Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-55
Specifying the Print Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-56
Color Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-58
Working with Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64
Editing Print Jobs with PageComposer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68
Viewing Printer Settings/Restoring the Default Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70
Printer Status Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Using the Printer Status Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72
Displaying the Printer Status Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-74
Setting Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-75
[Register Paper Size] Menu Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-77
[Consumables/Counters] Menu Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-78
[Refresh] Menu Item. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-78
[Utility] Menu Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-78
Displaying Printer Status When Using a Print Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-79
4-1
Setting Printer Information Before Printing
You should configure the paper source options before printing. Make sure you
update printer settings each time you install an optional printer accessory.
1
Open the [Printers and Faxes] folder or [Printers] folder.
For Windows 98/Me/2000: Select [Settings] ➞ [Printers] from the [Start] menu.
For Windows XP Professional/Server 2003: Select [Printers and Faxes] from the
[Start] menu.
For Windows XP Home Edition: Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, then
click [Printers and Other Hardware] ➞ [Printers and Faxes].
Printing a Document
4
The [Printers and Faxes] folder or [Printers] folder is displayed.
4-2
Setting Printer Information Before Printing
Select the icon corresponding to your printer, then select
[Properties] from the [File] menu.
4
The [Printer Properties] dialog box is displayed.
NOTE
The [Printer Properties] dialog box can also be opened by right-clicking the icon for
your printer and selecting [Properties] from the pop-up menu.
Setting Printer Information Before Printing
4-3
Printing a Document
2
3
Display the [Configuration] (for Windows 98/Me) or [Device
Settings] (for Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003) sheet and then
select [250 Sheet Cassette] from the [Paper Source Options].
Printing a Document
4
NOTE
You can also obtain printer device information such as paper source options
automatically by clicking [Get Device Status].
4
4-4
Click [OK].
Setting Printer Information Before Printing
Printing from an Application
Now that you have installed the CAPT software, its time to start printing documents.
This section describes the procedure for printing from an application, taking Adobe
Reader 6.0 as an example.
2
Load paper in the multi-purpose tray or paper cassette.
("Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray," on p. 2-15, "Printing
from the Paper Cassette," on p. 2-34)
4
Printing a Document
1
Open the PDF file you want to print with Adobe Reader, and
then select [Print Setup] from the [File] menu.
Printing from an Application
4-5
3
4
Select [Print] from the [File] menu.
Printing a Document
4
Specify the paper size of the document and the printing
orientation, then click [OK].
The [Print] dialog box appears.
4-6
Printing from an Application
5
Select this printer from [Name] or [Printer Name] list, then
select your printing preferences.
NOTE
The printer name displayed in this dialog box can be changed from the [Printers
and Faxes] folder (the [Printers] folder for Windows 98/Me/2000).
6
If you want to specify more detailed printing preferences, click
[Properties].
The [Canon LBP5200 Properties] dialog box is displayed.
Printing from an Application
4-7
Printing a Document
4
NOTE
The procedure for opening the [Document Properties] dialog box may vary
depending on the application being used.
7
Specify the printing preferences on the [Page Setup],
[Finishing], [Paper Source], and [Quality] sheets.
Printing a Document
4
NOTE
• The settings that are specified here only apply to the currently opened file. Check
the contents of the [Document Properties] dialog each time you print. In particular,
it is recommended that you verify the information on the [Page Setup] sheet and
the [Paper Source] sheet.
• The default settings for all files can be configured using the following dialog box.
- For Windows 98/Me: Open the [Printer Properties] dialog box from the [Printers]
folder. (See "Opening the [Printer Properties] Dialog Box from the [Printers]
Folder," on p. 4-13)
- For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003: Open the [Document Properties] dialog box
from the [Printers and Faxes] folder or [Printers] folder. (See "Opening the
[Document Properties] Dialog Box from the [Printers and Faxes] Folder or
[Printers] Folder," on p. 4-16)
4-8
Printing from an Application
8
If you want to print the document more clearly, click the
[Quality] sheet, then select [Photos] from the [Objective] list.
Although this makes the document take longer to print than the [General] setting,
the document may print more clearly.
9
Printing a Document
4
Click [OK].
The [Print] dialog box reappears.
10 Click [OK].
The document begins printing.
NOTE
• If the document does not print properly, refer to Chapter 7 "Troubleshooting".
• Refer to "Using the Printing Functions," on p. 4-21 for an explanation on using the
features of the printer and printer driver. To ensure that a document prints the way
you want it to, adjust the printer and printer driver settings.
Printing from an Application
4-9
Specifying Printing Options
The CAPT software allows you to configure various printing preferences for the
LBP5200.
You can configure various printer functions on each of the pages of the [Printer
Properties] dialog box and [Document Properties] dialog box. Depending on your
OS, using the following procedures to open these property dialog boxes.
For Windows 98/Me
4
Printing a Document
If the [Document Properties] dialog box is opened from within an application, the
settings are only applicable to that particular print job.
If you open the [Printer Properties] dialog box from the [Printers] folder, you can
configure the default printer options and other settings for all print jobs.
NOTE
The [Configuration] sheet, which allows you to configure printer options, can be only be
opened using the procedure described in "Opening the [Printer Properties] Dialog Box
from the [Printers] Folder," on p. 4-13.
4-10
Specifying Printing Options
Opening the [Document Properties] Dialog Box from an Application
In this section, Adobe Reader 6.0 is used as an example in the descriptions of the
various procedures.
Select [Print] from the [File] menu in the application.
4
The [Print] dialog box is displayed.
NOTE
The print command is different depending on the application you are using. Refer
to the users manual supplied with your application for further details.
Specifying Printing Options
4-11
Printing a Document
1
2
Select the printer from [Name] or [Printer Name] drop-down
list, and click [Properties].
Printing a Document
4
The [Document Properties] dialog box is displayed.
4-12
Specifying Printing Options
Opening the [Printer Properties] Dialog Box from the [Printers]
Folder
1
Select [Settings] ➞ [Printers] from the [Start] menu.
Printing a Document
4
The [Printers] folder opens.
2
Select the icon corresponding to your printer, then select
[Properties] from the [File] menu.
Specifying Printing Options
4-13
The [Printer Properties] dialog box is displayed.
Printing a Document
4
NOTE
The [Printer Properties] dialog box can also be displayed by right-clicking the icon
for the printer and selecting [Properties] from the pop-up menu.
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
If you open the [Document Properties] dialog box from within an application, you
can only configure the settings for that print job.
If you open the [Document Properties] dialog box from the [Printers and Faxes]
folder or [Printers] folder, you can specify the default settings used by all print jobs.
If you open the [Printer Properties] dialog box from the [Printers and Faxes] folder
or [Printers] folder, you can configure printer options and create "Profiles" of
frequently used options.
NOTE
• To change settings in the [Printers and Faxes] folder or [Printers] folders you need to
have Full Access Permissions. If you are unable to open the [Document Properties]
dialog box from within the [Printers and Faxes] folder or [Printers] folder, open it from
within the application.
• The [Device Settings] sheet, which allows you to configure printer options, can be only be
opened using the procedure described in "Opening the [Printer Properties] Dialog Box
from the [Printers and Faxes] Folder or [Printers] Folder," on p. 4-18.
4-14
Specifying Printing Options
Opening the [Document Properties] Dialog Box from the Application
In this section, Adobe Reader 6.0 is used as an example in the descriptions of the
various procedures.
1
Select [Print] from the [File] menu in the application.
2
Printing a Document
4
Confirm the printer name, then click [Properties].
Specifying Printing Options
4-15
The [Document Properties] dialog box is displayed.
Printing a Document
4
Opening the [Document Properties] Dialog Box from the [Printers and
Faxes] Folder or [Printers] Folder
1
Open the [Printers and Faxes] folder or [Printers] folder.
For Windows 2000: Select [Settings] ➞ [Printers] from the [Start] menu.
For Windows XP Professional/Server 2003: Select [Printers and Faxes] from the
[Start] menu.
For Windows XP Home Edition: Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, then
click [Printers and Other Hardware] ➞ [Printers and Faxes].
The [Printers and Faxes] folder or [Printers] folder is displayed.
4-16
Specifying Printing Options
Select the icon corresponding to your printer, then select
[Printing Preferences] from the [File] menu.
4
Printing a Document
2
The [Document Properties] dialog box is displayed.
NOTE
The [Document Properties] dialog box can also be opened by right-clicking the icon
for your printer and selecting [Printing Preferences] from the pop-up menu.
Specifying Printing Options
4-17
Opening the [Printer Properties] Dialog Box from the [Printers and
Faxes] Folder or [Printers] Folder
1
Open the [Printers and Faxes] folder or [Printers] folder.
For Windows 2000: Select [Settings] ➞ [Printers] from the [Start] menu.
For Windows XP Professional/Server 2003: Select [Printers and Faxes] from the
[Start] menu.
For Windows XP Home Edition: Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, then
click [Printers and Other Hardware] ➞ [Printers and Faxes].
Printing a Document
4
The [Printers and Faxes] folder or [Printers] folder is displayed.
2
4-18
Select the icon corresponding to your printer, then select
[Properties] from the [File] menu.
Specifying Printing Options
The [Printer Properties] dialog box is displayed.
NOTE
The [Printer Properties] dialog box can also be opened by right-clicking the icon for
your printer and selecting [Properties] from the pop-up menu.
Specifying Printing Options
4-19
Printing a Document
4
Canceling a Print Job
You can use the Printer Status Window to cancel, pause, or resume print jobs.
1
Start printing.
The Printer Status Window appears.
NOTE
The Printer Status Window may not appear depending on the [Display Printer
Status Window] setting in the [Preferences] menu. (See "Setting Preferences," on
p. 4-75)
Printing a Document
4
2
Click the button on the toolbar that corresponds to the
operation you want to perform.
● Canceling a Print Job
❑ Click [
] (Delete Job).
● Pausing a Print Job
❑ Click [
] (Pause Job).
● Resuming a Print Job
❑ Click [
4-20
Canceling a Print Job
] (Resume Job).
Using the Printing Functions
Various Pages in the Printer Driver
The [Printer Properties] and [Document Properties] dialog boxes contain the
following sheets, which can be used to configure a variety of printer functions. Click
on the tab corresponding to a sheet to switch the display to that sheet.
This section describes the types of printing preferences that can be specified in
each sheet.
4
Printing a Document
■ For Windows 98/Me
• [Document Properties] Dialog Box
- [Page Setup] Sheet
- [Finishing] Sheet
- [Paper Source] Sheet
- [Quality] Sheet
• [Printer Properties] Dialog Box
- [General] Sheet
- [Details] Sheet
- [Sharing] Sheet
- [Color Management] Sheet
- [Page Setup] Sheet
- [Finishing] Sheet
- [Paper Source] Sheet
- [Quality] Sheet
- [Configuration] Sheet
Using the Printing Functions
4-21
■ For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
• [Document Properties] Dialog Box
- [Page Setup] Sheet
- [Finishing] Sheet
- [Paper Source] Sheet
- [Quality] Sheet
• [Printer Properties] Dialog Box
- [General] Sheet
- [Sharing] Sheet
- [Ports] Sheet
- [Advanced] Sheet
- [Color Management] Sheet
- [Security] Sheet
- [Device Settings] Sheet
- [Profile] Sheet
Printing a Document
4
NOTE
For more details on using these sheets, refer to the Online Help.
You can access the online help using the following procedure. To close any online help
that is currently displayed, click somewhere inside the online help window.
- Press the [Tab] key on your keyboard to select the item about which you want to display
Help, then press the [F1] key.
- Right-click the item about which you want to display Help, then click [What's This?] from
the pop-up menu.
- Click [
] (Help) on the Titlebar, then move the mouse pointer with attached [?] over
the item you want help with and click on it.
4-22
Using the Printing Functions
[Page Setup] Sheet
The [Page Setup] sheet allows you to specify the following printing preferences:
Printing a Document
4
■ [Page Size]
Expand the [Page Size] drop-down list and select the desired size by clicking it.
The page sizes that can be selected are as follows:
• Standard paper sizes (Sizes from A3 to A5 and from Legal to Executive)
• Envelopes (Envelope DL, Envelope COM10, Envelope C5, Envelope Monarch,
Envelope B5)
• Index Card
• Custom Paper Size (See p. 4-47)
■ [Output Size]
Expand the [Output Size] drop-down list and select the desired paper size.
The output paper sizes that can be selected are as follows:
• Match Page Size
• Standard paper sizes (Sizes from A3 to A5 and from Legal to Executive)
• Envelopes (Envelope DL, Envelope COM10, Envelope C5, Envelope Monarch,
Envelope B5)
• Index Card
• Custom Paper Size (See p. 4-47)
NOTE
• When printing on paper that is the same size as the [Page Size], select [Match Page
Size].
• If you select a paper size that differs from [Page Size], the print will be automatically
reduced or enlarged to fit on the page.
Using the Printing Functions
4-23
• When [Page Size] is set to A3 or B4 and [Output Size] is set to [Match Page Size], the
print job will be automatically reduced and printed on A4 size (default) paper.
• If the application you are using allows you to specify the page size, number of copies,
and orientation settings, you do not have to specify these settings in the [Page Setup]
sheet.
■ [Copies]
Specifies the number of copies to be printed.
You can click on the up and down arrows to change the [Copies] setting or type a value
directly into the box. The number of copies can be set to between 1 and 999.
■ [Orientation]
Specifies whether the document will be printed in portrait or landscape orientation.
Click on either [Portrait] or [Landscape] to change the [Orientation].
4
Printing a Document
■ [Page Layout] (See p. 4-38)
• N Pages per Sheet
Multiple pages can be printed on one sheet of paper.
The number of pages that can be selected is 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 9, or 16 (Pages per Sheet).
If you select 2, 4, 6, 8, 9, or 16 pages per sheet, the [Page Order] drop-down list
appears, allowing you to specify the page order.
• Poster
Magnifies a single page image and prints it out over several sheets of paper.
The number of pages that can be selected is 2 x 2, 3 x 3, or 4 x 4.
■ [Manual Scaling] / [Page Order] (See p. 4-40)
The [Manual Scaling] setting is displayed if the [Page Layout] is set to 1 page per sheet.
The [Page Order] setting is displayed if the number of pages per sheet is 2, 4, 6, 8, 9 or
16.
• Manual Scaling: The scale factor is automatically adjusted if the [Page Size] and [Output
Size] are different. If you want to change the scale factor manually, select [Manual
Scaling] and enter the numerical scale factor in the adjacent box. The scale factor can
be set to between 25 and 200%.
• Page Order: You can select the way the pages are arranged when printing multiple
pages on one sheet of paper.
4-24
Using the Printing Functions
■ [Custom Paper Size] (Windows 98/Me only) (See p. 4-47)
Allows you to enter the paper length and width when you are printing on custom paper
that does not match any of the standard paper sizes.
Up to 30 custom paper sizes can be added to the LBP5200.
■ [Watermark] (See p. 4-43)
Specifies whether a watermark is superimposed onto the printed document.
4
Printing a Document
■ [Edit Watermark] (See p. 4-45)
Click on [Edit Watermark] to open the dialog box shown below.
This dialog box allows you to create new watermarks and edit existing watermarks.
Using the Printing Functions
4-25
■ [Layout Options] (See p. 4-50)
Click on [Layout Options] to open the dialog box shown below.
This dialog box allows you to specify borders, date information, and page numbers to print
with the document.
4
Printing a Document
[Finishing] Sheet
The [Finishing] sheet allows you to specify the following printing preferences:
■ [Binding Location] (See p. 4-52)
Specifies which edge of the page is to be bound.
4-26
Using the Printing Functions
■ [Gutter] (See p. 4-52)
Click on [Gutter] to open the dialog box shown below.
This dialog box allows you to specify the width of the gutter and to select image
processing options.
■ [Finishing]
You can set the finishing property to any of the following choices:
• Off: Each page is printed repeatedly to give the desired number of copies.
• Collate: The entire document is printed repeatedly to produce the desired number of
Printing a Document
copies.
■ [Finishing Details] (See p. 4-53)
Click on [Finishing Details] to open the dialog box shown below.
This dialog box allows you to specify various job processing options.
• [EMF Spooling] (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only) controls the spooling file format
for print jobs.
If this option is selected, print jobs spool in metafile format, if it is not selected, print jobs
spool in RAW format.
If the printer is set up as a network printer, print jobs always spool in RAW format.
Using the Printing Functions
4
4-27
[Paper Source] Sheet
You can specify the following printing preferences in the [Paper Source] sheet.
Printing a Document
4
■ [Paper Selection] (See p. 4-55)
When the optional 250-sheet paper feeder is installed in the printer, you can select the
paper source selection from among the following options.
• Same Paper for All Pages
• Different for First, Others, and Last
• Different for First, Second, Others, and Last
• Transparency Interleaving
■ [Paper Source] (See p. 4-55)
Allows you to specify the paper source.
When the optional 250-sheet paper feeder is installed in the printer, the paper source for
each page can be selected according to the [Paper Selection] setting.
■ [Paper Type]
Specifies the type of paper you are printing on.
Set this setting as follows:
Paper Type
Plain Paper (64 - 105 g/m2)
[Plain Paper]
Heavy Paper (106 - 135 g/m2)
[Heavy Paper]
Transparency
Envelopes
4-28
Printer Driver Setting
Using the Printing Functions
[Transparencies]
[Envelope]
■ [Pause when printing the Multi-purpose Tray]
Determines whether the printer will pause and display a message or print without delay
when feeding paper from the multi-purpose tray.
■ [Continue Printing with Multi-purpose Tray]
When the optional 250-sheet paper feeder is installed, this option allows you to specify
whether the printer should switch the paper source to the multi-purpose tray automatically
when Cassette1 runs out of paper during a print job.
[Quality] Sheet
The [Quality] sheet allows you to specify the following printing preferences:
Printing a Document
4
■ [Objective] (See p. 4-56)
Selecting the appropriate objective for the contents of the print job allows you to perform
optimum printing. To specify in detail the settings for the option selected in [Objective],
click [Details].
Using the Printing Functions
4-29
■ [Details] (See p. 4-56)
Click on [Details] to open the dialog box shown below.
This dialog box allows you to change the printing settings to meet your needs.
Printing a Document
4
IMPORTANT
• Using the Toner Save mode may decrease print density, making printed text look patchy.
• The Toner Save mode has little effect on print data with a small printing ratio. Use this
function when printing data with a large printing ratio, such as documents containing
images (photos), in large quantities.
■ [Color Mode] (See p. 4-58)
Specifies whether to perform color printing or black and white printing.
■ [Manual Color Settings] (See p. 4-59)
Select this checkbox when you want to configure custom color settings. To make detailed
changes to color settings, click on [Color Settings] to open the [Color Settings] dialog box.
■ [Color Settings] (See p. 4-59)
Click on [Color Settings] to open the dialog box shown below.
This dialog box provides the [Color Adjustment] sheet and the [Matching] sheet.
4-30
Using the Printing Functions
• [Color Adjustment] Sheet
This sheet allows you to adjust color, brightness, and contrast settings used for printing.
• [Matching] Sheet
This sheet allows to specify the color correction procedures used for printing. If the
printer driver is used to perform color adjustment, color adjustment is determined by the
[Matching Method] and [Monitor Profile] settings. If the printer driver is not used for color
adjustment, the gamma correction setting will be used to adjust color settings.
■ Print Color Sample (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only)
After specifying the settings in the [Color Adjustment] sheet (which appears in the [Color
Settings] dialog box), you can print a sample of the adjusted image. The adjusted image is
printed in the center of the page, and this is surrounded by images where the color tone is
changed by 1 unit in each of the corresponding directions.
Using the Printing Functions
4-31
Printing a Document
4
[General] Sheet
Displays the printer name, and allows you to print a test page.
Printing a Document
4
[Details] Sheet (Windows 98/Me only)
This sheet allows you to specify printer port settings, add printer drivers, modify
spooling settings, and other options.
4-32
Using the Printing Functions
[Sharing] Sheet
This sheet allows you to specify whether or not to share the printer.
NOTE
• For Windows 98/Me, the [Sharing] sheet does not appear if [File and printer sharing for
Microsoft Networks] has not been added in the network settings. (See p. 3-60)
• For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, the [Sharing] sheet does not appear if the network
has not been configured. (See p. 3-64)
Printing a Document
4
[Ports] Sheet (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only)
This sheet allows you to add, delete, and configure printer ports.
Using the Printing Functions
4-33
[Advanced] Sheet (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only)
This sheet allows you to specify detailed printer settings, such as the times when
the printer is available and spooler settings.
Printing a Document
4
[Color Management] Sheet
Allows you to specify the settings for the printer's color profile.
4-34
Using the Printing Functions
[Security] Sheet (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only)
This sheet allows you to confirm the access permissions for each user.
[Configuration]/[Device Settings] Sheet
The [Configuration]/[Device Settings] sheet allows you to specify the paper source
options installed in the printer, when the Printer Status Window is displayed, and
other settings.
■ [Paper Source Options] (See p. 4-2)
If the optional 250-sheet paper feeder is installed in the printer, select [250 Sheet
Cassette].
■ [Spooling at Host] (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only)
You can specify whether spooling is performed at the Host.
Using the Printing Functions
4-35
Printing a Document
4
■ [Show Icon in the Taskbar] (See p. 4-74)
When this option is checked, an icon for displaying the Printer Status Window appears in
the Windows taskbar.
■ [Get Device Status]
Click [Get Device Status] to automatically retrieve device information, etc. from the printer
and update the printer driver settings accordingly.
[Profile] Sheet (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only)
This sheet allows you to create and add new "Profiles" and edit existing "Profiles".
Printing a Document
4
■ [Profile List]
Lists the available "Profiles".
■ [Name]
Displays the name of the "Profile" selected in [Profile List].
■ [Comment]
Displays a comment about the "Profile" selected in [Profile List].
4-36
Using the Printing Functions
■ [Add] (See p. 4-64)
Click [Add] to open the dialog box shown below.
This dialog box allows you to specify the name, icon, comment, and print settings for a
newly added "Profile" or a "Profile" that you want to edit.
■ [Edit] (See p. 4-66)
Click [Edit] to open the dialog box shown below.
This dialog box allows you to specify the name, icon, comment, and print settings for a
newly added "Profile" or a "Profile" that you want to edit.
■ [Delete] (See p. 4-66)
Allows you to delete a "Profile" that you previously added.
■ [Import] (See p. 4-66)
Allows you to import a "Profile" saved as a file and add it to the printer driver.
Using the Printing Functions
4-37
Printing a Document
4
■ [Export] (See p. 4-66)
Allows you to save an added or edited "Profile" as a file.
■ [Allow Profile Selection]
Allows you to select a "Profile" in the [Document Properties] dialog box.
■ [Allow Setting Edition]
Allows you to add a new "Profile" setting that is different from the "Profiles" previously
registered in the [Document Properties] dialog box.
Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet
Multiple pages can be printed on one sheet of paper.
4
Printing a Document
1
4-38
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, display the [Device
Settings] sheet and set [Spooling at Host] to [Auto].
Using the Printing Functions
2
Display the [Page Setup] sheet, then set [Page Layout] to the
number of the pages to be printed on each sheet of paper.
The number of pages that can be selected is 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 9, or 16 (Pages per
Sheet).
3
The [Page Order] setting is displayed if the number of pages
per sheet is 2, 4, 6, 8, 9 or 16. Use this to select the order that
pages are printed on each sheet.
NOTE
The options in the [Page Order] drop-down list differ depending on the paper
orientation and the number of pages to be printed on each sheet.
Using the Printing Functions
4-39
Printing a Document
4
4
Verify the settings, then click [OK].
Scaling Printer Output
You can choose to scale your document if the [Page Layout] is set to [1 Page per
Sheet].
The scale factor is adjusted automatically if the [Page Size] and [Output Size]
settings are different.
The scale factor can also be specified manually.
You can specify a scale factor of between 25 and 200%.
Scaling a Document Automatically
Printing a Document
4
1
Display the [Page Setup] sheet, and set the [Page Size].
2
Specify the paper size in [Output Size].
3
Verify the settings, then click [OK].
The scale factor will be set automatically depending on the sizes specified in
[Page Size] and [Output Size].
4-40
Using the Printing Functions
Scaling a Document Manually
1
Display the [Page Setup] sheet, and set the [Page Size].
2
Specify the paper size in [Output Size].
3
Select [Manual Scaling], then enter the value in the spin box.
Printing a Document
4
4
Verify the settings, then click [OK].
Using the Printing Functions
4-41
Poster Printing
You can magnify a single page image and print it out over several sheets of paper.
You can then create a large poster-sized printout by taping the multiple sheets of
paper together.
1
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, display the [Device
Settings] sheet and set [Spooling at Host] to [Auto].
Printing a Document
4
2
4-42
Display the [Page Setup] sheet and set [Page Layout] to
[Poster [N x N]] (N = 2, 3, 4).
Using the Printing Functions
A layout image of the printout appears in the Preview panel.
3
Confirm the settings, then click [OK].
IMPORTANT
• When paper is to be output with the print side facing down, the printing order of the
output (separated into multiple pages) should be "Upper Left to Right".
• When you perform poster printing, the watermark printing and layout options are
disabled.
• When you perform poster printing, the [Page Order] setting is disabled.
Watermark Printing
Watermark Printing
1
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, display the [Device
Settings] sheet and set [Spooling at Host] to [Auto].
Using the Printing Functions
4-43
4
Printing a Document
This feature superimposes a watermark (such as "COPY", "DRAFT", or other
ghosted text) during printing over a document created by an application. You can
select the text string to use from the list of strings that have been setup as
watermarks. Alternatively, you can click on [Edit Watermark] in the [Page Setup]
sheet and create a new watermark or edit an existing watermark.
2
Display the [Page Setup] sheet and place a checkmark next to
[Watermark].
Printing a Document
4
3
4
4-44
Select the character string to print as a watermark from the
list on the right of [Watermark].
Confirm the settings, then click [OK].
Using the Printing Functions
Editing Watermarks
1
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, display the [Device
Settings] sheet and set [Spooling at Host] to [Auto].
2
Printing a Document
4
Display the [Page Setup] sheet, place a checkmark next to
[Watermark], and then click [Edit Watermark].
Using the Printing Functions
4-45
The [Edit Watermark] dialog box is displayed.
Printing a Document
4
3
Specify the following items as needed:
[Position]:
Specify the position to print the selected watermark on the
document. Enter X and Y axis values between -50 and 50.
[Angle]:
Specify the angle to print the selected watermark on the
document.
[Name]:
Enter a name for the watermark which will be displayed in the
[Watermark] list in the [Page Setup] sheet.
[Text]:
Enter the characters to be printed as the watermark.
[Font]:
Select the font to be used for the watermark (True Type fonts
only).
[Style]:
Select the font style for the watermark.
[Size]:
Specify the font size for the watermark.
[Color]:
Specify the color for the watermark.
[Watermark Border]:
Specify whether a border encloses the watermark when
printed.
[Watermark Type]:
Select the watermark type from [Transparent] or [Solid].
[Print on First Page Only]:
Select this checkbox to print the watermark only on the first
page of the document.
NOTE
• Click [Add] to create a new watermark.
• You cannot modify the default watermarks.
4-46
Using the Printing Functions
4
Confirm the settings, then click [OK].
The [Page Setup] sheet reappears.
Specifying Custom Paper (Non-Standard Paper)
It is possible to configure custom paper sizes.
NOTE
To specify a custom paper size, open the following dialog box.
- For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
Open the [Server Properties] dialog box from the [Printers and Faxes] folder (the
[Printers] folder for Windows 2000).
- For Windows 98/Me
Open the [Printer Properties] dialog box from the [Printers] folder.
Printing a Document
4
■ For Windows 98/Me
1
Display the [Page Setup] sheet, then click [Custom Paper
Size].
Using the Printing Functions
4-47
The [Custom Paper Size Settings] dialog box is displayed.
2
Printing a Document
4
3
Specify the following items as needed:
[Paper List]:
Displays the names and sizes of standard paper and added
custom paper.
[Name of Custom Paper
Size]:
Enter a name to use for the new custom paper size.You can
enter a maximum of 31 characters.
[Unit]:
Select the units (millimeters or inches) to be used when entering
the custom paper size.
[Paper Size]:
Specifies the length and width of the custom paper size (length
greater than or equal to width). Paper sizes should be specified
for portrait orientation (length greater than or equal to width) and
within the user-definable limits.
Click [Register].
NOTE
On Windows 98/Me, a maximum of 30 custom paper sizes can be defined.
4
4-48
Confirm the settings, then click [OK].
Using the Printing Functions
■ For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
1
Open the [Printers and Faxes] folder ([Printers] folder on
Windows 2000), then select [Server Properties] from the [File]
menu.
The [Printer Server Properties] dialog box will appear.
2
Display the [Forms] sheet, then check [Create a New Form].
Specify the following options as needed.
Printing a Document
4
Make sure to set the margin to a
value in the range of 0.5 cm to
5.0 cm.
3
[Form Name]:
Allows you to enter a name for the custom paper size. ([Form
Description for] is displayed on Windows 2000.)
[Units]:
Select from either [Metric] or [English].
[Paper Size]:
Specifies the length and width of the custom paper size (length
greater than or equal to width). Paper sizes should be specified
in portrait orientation (length greater than or equal to width) and
within the user-definable limits. The valid range of settings for
this printer are width: 7.62 to 21.59 cm and length: 12.70 to
35.56 cm.
[Printer area margins]:
Enter a numerical value. The valid range of settings for this
printer are between 0.5 cm and 5.0 cm.
After confirming the settings, click [Save Form], and then
click [Close].
Using the Printing Functions
4-49
Printing Borders and The Date
You can print borders, the date of printing, and/or page numbers on each
document.
1
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, display the [Device
Settings] sheet and set [Spooling at Host] to [Auto].
Printing a Document
4
2
4-50
Display the [Page Setup] sheet, then click [Layout Options].
Using the Printing Functions
The [Layout Options] dialog box is displayed.
4
Configure the following items as necessary:
[Edging]:
Select the type of edging to print as a border.
[Print Date]:
Prints the date. Choose the position to print the date from the list.
[Print User Name]:
Prints the name of the user as registered in the computer. Choose
the position to print the user name from the list.
[Print Page Number]:
Prints page numbers. Choose the position to print the page numbers
from the list.
4
Verify the settings, then click [OK].
The [Page Setup] sheet reappears.
Using the Printing Functions
4-51
Printing a Document
3
Gutters
You can create a gutter on the documents that you print. The gutter width can be
set to between 0 and 30 mm.
If you use the gutter settings, the printed images will be shifted to create an
additional margin along the specified edge. You can select whether the page image
will be reduced to account for this margin or not.
1
Display the [Finishing] sheet, set the [Binding Location] to the
edge along which the gutter is to be located, and then click
[Gutter].
Printing a Document
4
The [Gutter Settings] dialog box will appear.
4-52
Using the Printing Functions
2
Specify the value in the spin box.
Configure the following items as necessary:
[Image Processing]:
Verify the settings, then click [OK].
The [Finishing] sheet reappears.
4
Specifying the Finishing Method
You can specify a variety of print processing options.
1
Display the [Finishing] sheet, then click [Finishing Details].
Using the Printing Functions
4-53
Printing a Document
3
If you use the gutter settings, the printed images will be shifted to
create an additional margin along the specified edge. You can select
whether the page image will be reduced to account for this margin or
not. If you select [Reduce and Arrange], the page image will be
automatically reduced slightly so that the image will not protrude out
of printable area when the image is shifted. If you choose [Stagger
Image with Size as-is], the page image will be shifted without being
reduced. Any part of the page image that extends outside of the
printable area will be lost from the printout.
The [Finishing Details] dialog box is displayed.
2
Printing a Document
4
3
Configure the following items as necessary:
[Paper Size Override]:
Specify this option when Letter size pages are
printed on A4 size paper or A4 size pages are
printed on Letter size paper.
[Rotate Print Data 180 Degrees]:
Rotates the document by 180 degrees while
printing. This function can be used to print on
envelopes, index card and other material that can
only be fed to the printer in one specific direction.
[Special Print Mode]:
Depending on the paper you are using and the
environment where you are using the printer,
printing quality may be reduced. The [Special Print
Mode] property provides a number of settings for
resolving problems related to printing quality.
[EMF Spooling] (Windows 2000/XP/
Server 2003 only):
Specifies whether to spool print data in EMF
(metafile) format. If this option is selected, print data
is spooled in EMF format.
[Print Mixed Color/monochrome
Documents at High Speed]:
Specify this option when printing data that contains
a mixture of color pages and black-and-white
pages.
Checking this box may increase the printing speed
of mixed color/black-and-white documents.
Verify the settings, then click [OK].
The [Finishing] sheet reappears.
4-54
Using the Printing Functions
Specifying the Paper Feed Method
You can choose from a variety of options for selecting the paper source.
1
Display the [Paper Source] sheet.
2
Printing a Document
4
Configure the following items as necessary:
[Paper Selection]:
You can only choose the paper selection method
when the optional 250-sheet paper feeder is
installed.
[Paper Source]:
- [First Page]
- [Second Page]
- [Other Pages]
- [Last Page]
- [Interleaf Sheet]
You can only choose the paper sources when the
optional 250-sheet paper feeder is installed. The
options that are available depend on the option
selected in the [Paper Selection] setting.
[Paper Type]:
Specifies the type of paper to be used.
[Pause when printing the
Multi-purpose Tray]:
Allows you to specify whether the printer should
pause a print job and display a message or print
without waiting when using paper from the
multi-purpose tray.
[Continue Printing with Multi-purpose
Tray]:
Specifies whether the printer should switch the
paper source to the multi-purpose tray automatically
when Cassette1 runs out of paper during a print job.
You can only choose this option when the optional
250-sheet paper feeder is installed.
Using the Printing Functions
4-55
3
Verify the settings, then click [OK].
Specifying the Print Quality
You can achieve optimum printing results by simply selecting the appropriate option
from the [Objective] list in the [Quality] sheet.
1
Display the [Quality] sheet, then select the [Objective] setting.
Printing a Document
4
For more detailed settings, click the [Details] button.
The [Details Settings] dialog box will appear.
4-56
Using the Printing Functions
3
Configure the following items as necessary:
[Gradation]:
Allows you to select gradation settings when you print
images in halftones.
[Color Halftones]:
Allows you to select the dither pattern to use when
printing data in color halftones.
[Monochrome Halftones]:
Allows you to select the dither pattern to use when
printing data in monochrome halftones.
[Enable Image Correction]:
If you enlarge image data such as photographs and
graphics using an application and then print it, the
images tend to become coarse and jagged. Select this
option to smooth out this kind of low resolution data while
printing.
[Toner Density]:
Adjusts the density of printed toner. This setting affects
the toner density of all 4 toner colors (CMYK).
[Use Toner Save]:
By using this function, you can reduce the toner
consumption of the printer by thinning out the data that is
printed.
[Use Pure Black]:
Specifies whether to perform gray compensation or not.
Gray compensation makes black and gray data print
reliably in black and gray. Select the subject of gray
compensation from the list.
[Prioritize Printing of Colored
Lines and Text]:
Check this box when color lines or text appear patchy or
broken.
Verify the settings, then click [OK].
Using the Printing Functions
4-57
4
Printing a Document
2
Color Settings
Selecting the Color Mode
1
Display the [Quality] sheet.
2
Set the [Color Mode] to the appropriate setting.
[Black and White]:
Prints in black and white, even for color print data.
[Full Color]:
Prints in four color CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and
Black).
[Auto Detect]:
Automatically chooses between color and black and
white printing depending on the type of document.
Printing a Document
4
IMPORTANT
When [Auto Detect] is selected, some black-and-white pages may be printed in
[Full Color].
3
4-58
Confirm the settings, then click [OK].
Using the Printing Functions
Color Settings
1
Display the [Quality] sheet, check [Manual Color Settings],
and then click [Color Settings].
Printing a Document
4
The [Color Settings] dialog box will appear.
2
Display the [Color Adjustment] sheet, then specify the
following options as needed.
Adjustment Grid:
Adjust the colors by moving the [Preview Image] at the
center of the Adjustment Grid from side to side or up and
down.
[Brightness]:
Adjusts the brightness level used for printing. Drag the
[Brightness] slider left or right to adjust the brightness.
[Contrast]:
Adjusts the contrast level used for printing. Drag the
[Contrast] slider left or right to adjust the contrast.
Using the Printing Functions
4-59
3
Printing a Document
4
4
Display the [Matching] sheet, then specify the following items
as needed:
[Matching Mode]:
Specifies the color correction method.
[Matching Method]:
Specifies which elements take priority during matching.
[Monitor Profile]:
Select the appropriate option for the monitor or scanner
in use.
[Gamma]:
When the [Matching Mode] is set to [Off], colors are
adjusted by brightness without performing matching.
[Use CanoFine]
(Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
only):
Select this option when you are using CanoFine.
[Enhanced Saturation]
(Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
only):
Performs CanoFine processing to enhance the vividness
of the document. This can only be selected if [Use
CanoFine] is selected.
[Single-page Batch Processing]
(Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
only):
Performs CanoFine processing by treating all of the
bitmap data on a page as a single piece of data. This can
only be selected if [Use CanoFine] is selected.
Verify the settings, then click [OK].
The [Quality] sheet reappears.
4-60
Using the Printing Functions
Printing Color Samples (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 only)
After adjusting settings in the [Color Adjustment] sheet, you can print a sample of
the adjusted image. The adjusted image is printed in the center of the page, and
this is surrounded by images where the color tone is changed by 1 unit in each of
the corresponding directions. This is useful for comparing the effects of adjustments
with the actual output.
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, display the [Device
Settings] sheet and set [Spooling at Host] to [Auto].
4
Printing a Document
1
Using the Printing Functions
4-61
2
Display the [Quality] sheet and check [Manual Color Settings],
and then click [Color Settings].
Printing a Document
4
3
4
4-62
Specify the options in the [Color Settings] dialog box as
needed, then click [OK].
Return to the [Quality] sheet and check [Print Color Sample].
Using the Printing Functions
5
Confirm the settings, then click the [OK] button.
IMPORTANT
When printing color samples, make sure that the [Page Layout] is set to [1 Page
per Sheet] in the [Page Setup] sheet.
Click [OK] or [Print].
The color sample will start to print.
IMPORTANT
After printing the color samples, clear the [Print Color Sample] checkbox.
4
Printing a Document
6
Using the Printing Functions
4-63
Working with Profiles
Profiles make it possible to save or import all the printing preferences specified in
the [Page Setup], [Finishing], [Paper Source], and [Quality] sheets at once. It is also
possible to add, edit and choose between profiles.
Use the following procedure to save the printing preferences as a "Profile".
Make sure that one of the [Page Setup], [Finishing], [Paper Source] or [Quality]
sheets is displayed before starting following procedure.
NOTE
• If you are using Windows 98/Me, up to 50 profiles can be created. However, if [Users can
customize their preferences and desktop settings. Windows switches to your personal
settings when you log on.] is selected in the [User Profiles] sheet of the Windows
password settings (double-click [My Computer] ➞ [Control Panel] ➞ [Passwords]), then
you can create up to 50 profiles for each user.
• If you are using Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, up to 50 profiles can be created for each
user account.
• If you change the name of the printer, any saved profiles will become unreadable. If you
restore the printer name to the original value, you will be able to read the profiles again.
• Profile information files saved on Windows 98/Me cannot be used on Windows 2000/XP/
Server 2003 and vice versa.
• Selecting a profile does not change the [Page Size] setting.
Printing a Document
4
Adding a Profile
1
Click [
] (Add Profile).
The [Add Profile] dialog box is displayed.
4-64
Using the Printing Functions
2
Enter the name of the profile in the [Name] textbox.
You can select an icon for the profile using the [Icon] setting. If you have any
notes you want to make about the profile, enter them in the [Comment] field.
● Checking Profile Settings
❑ Click [View Settings].
❑ Click [OK] to return to the [Add Profile] dialog box.
Using the Printing Functions
4-65
4
Printing a Document
NOTE
You can enter up to 31 characters in the [Name] field and up to 255 characters in
the [Comment] field.
3
Click [OK].
The Properties dialog box reappears.
Check that the name of the profile you created is in the [Profile] list.
Editing/Deleting a Profile
You can modify or save profile data, or delete a profile from the [Profile List].
1
Click [
] (Edit Profile).
Printing a Document
4
The [Edit Profile] dialog box is displayed.
2
4-66
Edit the profile data.
Using the Printing Functions
● Editing a Profile
❑ You can change the [Name], [Icon], and [Comment] settings.
❑ You can change the order of the selected profile by clicking [
] and [
].
❑ Click [Import] to import profile data from a previously saved file.
❑ Click [Export] to save the data from the currently selected profile to a file. If you
save a profile to disk, you will be able to use it again even after you delete it
from the list of profiles.
❑ If the [Apply Settings from Application] checkbox is ticked, the [Page Size],
[Orientation] and [Copies] selected in the application will be used for printing.
Even if you change these settings in the profile, the values from the application
will still be used.
● Deleting a Profile
❑ Click [Delete] to delete the profile from the list of profiles.
IMPORTANT
You can only delete custom profiles. The pre-installed default profiles cannot be
deleted. You are also unable to delete a profile if it is currently selected on any of
the property sheets.
Using the Printing Functions
4-67
Printing a Document
4
Editing Print Jobs with PageComposer
PageComposer allows you to combine 2 or more print jobs into a single job for
printing, or modify the printer settings of combined jobs for printing. Even print jobs
from different applications can be edited with PageComposer.
In addition, PageComposer allows you to preview print jobs on the screen.
Make sure that one of the [Page Setup], [Finishing], [Paper Source], or [Quality]
sheets is displayed in the [Document Properties] dialog box, then perform the
following procedure:
1
Printing a Document
4
Select [Edit and Preview] from the list on the right of the
[Profile] drop-down list.
2
4-68
A message is displayed telling you that the output method is
going to be switched to [Edit and Preview] mode. Click [OK].
Using the Printing Functions
3
Adjust the settings in each sheet, then click [OK].
4
Click [OK] or [Print].
The [Canon PageComposer] dialog box is displayed and the job is displayed in a
list.
5
6
Repeat steps 1 to 4 for each of the jobs that you want to edit.
Edit the jobs in the list in the [Canon PageComposer] dialog
box.
NOTE
• For more details on adjusting settings in the [Canon PageComposer] dialog box,
refer to the online help for Canon PageComposer.
Using the Printing Functions
4-69
Printing a Document
4
• If [Edit and Preview] mode is selected in the [Printer Properties] dialog box and [
]
(Lock) is also selected, the [Canon PageComposer] dialog box appears every time
you print.
Viewing Printer Settings/Restoring the Default Settings
You can view a summary of the printing preferences specified in the [Page Setup],
[Finishing], [Paper Source], [Quality], and [Configuration]/[Device Settings] sheets,
or restore the settings to their default values.
Make sure that one of the [Page Setup], [Finishing], [Paper Source] or [Quality]
sheets is displayed, then perform the following procedure.
NOTE
A preview is displayed on each sheet. You can use the preview to verify the printed
image.
Printing a Document
4
Viewing Printer Settings
1
4-70
Click [View Settings].
Using the Printing Functions
The [View Settings] dialog box is displayed.
2
Click [OK].
The previous sheet reappears.
Restoring the Default Settings
To restore the default settings, click [Restore Defaults].
The [Restore Defaults] button only restores to default the settings that are displayed
on the same sheet or dialog box as the button.
The settings in the [Page Setup], [Finishing], [Paper Source], [Quality] and
[Configuration]/[Device Settings] sheets cannot be restored all at once to the
default settings.
Using the Printing Functions
4
Printing a Document
By clicking the [Page Setup], [Finishing], [Paper Source], [Quality], or
[Configuration]/[Device Settings] tab, you can view a list of printing preferences
for each sheet.
4-71
Printer Status Window
The Printer Status Window shows status information about the LBP5200 (such as
operating status and job information) using messages, animations, sounds, and
icons.
NOTE
In order to make use of the sounds, your computer must have a PCM synthesizer, and
have the driver for the PCM synthesizer installed.
Using the Printer Status Window
Printing a Document
4
The functionality of the Printer Status Window is the same on both Windows 98/Me
and Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003.
For more details on using the Printer Status Window, refer to the online help.
Menu Bar
Icon
Refresh Button
Message Area
Consumables/Counters Button
Animation Area
Message Area (Auxiliary)
Progress Bar
Toolbar
Job Information Area
Status Bar
■ Menu Bar
4-72
[Job] Menu
Used to pause, resume and cancel print jobs. The job menu appears
grayed out if you do not have access permissions to the current print
job.
[Options] Menu
Allows you to change the preferences for the Printer Status Window,
display various information, and perform calibration of the printer.
[Help] Menu
Displays the online help.
Printer Status Window
■ Other Functions
Displays an icon representing the current printer status.
Message Area
Displays the current printer status using a short message.
Message Area (Auxiliary)
Displays additional information when an error occurs, etc.
Animation Area
Displays a graphical representation of the current printer status.
The background color is normally blue, but changes to orange
when the printer requires some kind of attention, and to red during
a warning.
Consumables/Counters Button
This button opens the [Consumables/Counters] dialog box. The
dialog box displays icons and messages about the life of each of
the color toner cartridges and the drum cartridge. The total number
of pages printed is also displayed.
Refresh Button
Retrieves the current printer status and updates the Printer Status
Window accordingly.
Progress Bar
Indicates the progress of the current print job by showing the
number of pages printed and by changing the background color.
Toolbar
Used to pause, resume and cancel print jobs. The buttons appears
grayed out if you do not have access permissions to the current
print job.
Job Information Area
Displays the document name, user name, and computer name for
the print job.
Status Bar
Indicates how the printer is connected (Local or Network).
Descriptions of each of the menu items are displayed here as you
navigate through the menus.
Printer Status Window
4-73
4
Printing a Document
Icon
Displaying the Printer Status Window
The Printer Status Window can be opened in the following two ways.
• Click
[
] (Display Printer Status Window) in locations such as the [Page
Setup] sheet in the [Printer Properties] dialog box.
Printing a Document
4
• Check
the [Show Icon in the Taskbar] box in the [Configuration]/[Device Settings]
sheet in the [Printer Properties] dialog box. A Printer Status Window icon is then
shown in the Windows taskbar, and you can click on this icon, then click [Canon
LBP5200] to open the window.
4-74
Printer Status Window
The Printer Status Window is automatically displayed during printing and if an error
occurs. If [Display Printer Status Window] is not set to [When Starting Printing] in
the Printer Status Window preferences, the Printer Status Window will not be
displayed during printing.
Setting Preferences
The Preferences dialog box allows you to display the Printer Status Window
automatically, specify the sound settings, and make the Printer Status Window
monitor the printer status.
■ [Display Printer Status Window] Options
• [When Starting Printing]
The Printer Status Window appears automatically each time printing starts.
The Printer Status Window appears automatically only when an error occurs during
printing.
• [Always Display on Top]
The Printer Status Window is always on top of all the other windows on the desktop.
■ [Monitor Printer Status] Options
• [Always]
The Printer Status Window always monitors the printer status.
• [Only while Printing]
The Printer Status Window only monitors the printer status during printing.
• [Only while Displaying Printer Status Window]
The Printer Status Window monitors the printer status only while it is displayed.
■ [Tone Settings] Options
• [Enabled All]
A sound is played whenever a message is displayed.
• [Enable only when Error Occurs]
A sound is played only when an error occurs.
• [Disabled]
No sounds are played.
Printer Status Window
4-75
Printing a Document
4
• [Only when Errors Occur]
1
Select [Preferences] from the [Options] menu.
4
Printing a Document
The [Preferences] dialog box is displayed.
2
Confirm each of the settings, then click [OK].
NOTE
For detailed information on using the Printer Status Window, refer to the online
help.
4-76
Printer Status Window
[Register Paper Size] Menu Item
Because the printer's paper cassette cannot automatically detect paper sizes, you
need to notify the printer of the size of paper loaded in the optional 250-sheet paper
feeder (Cassette 1).
IMPORTANT
As you cannot update the paper size while printing is in progress, check that the printer is
idle before registering the paper size. You can register the paper size while one of the
following messages is displayed.
- Printing Paused
- Specified Paper Incorrect
- Out of Paper
- No XXX in Cassette 1. (where XXX is a paper size)
1
Printing a Document
4
Select [Register Paper Size] from the [Options] menu.
The [Register Paper Size] dialog box will appear.
2
From [Cassette 1] list, select the size of paper loaded in the
paper cassette, then click [OK].
Printer Status Window
4-77
[Consumables/Counters] Menu Item
Select [Consumables/Counters] from the [Options] menu to display the
[Consumables/Counters] dialog box. The dialog box displays icons and messages
about the life of each of the color toner cartridges and the drum cartridge.
You can also open the [Consumables/Counters] dialog by clicking [
(Consumables/Counters) in the Printer Status Window.
]
Printing a Document
4
[Refresh] Menu Item
Select [Refresh] from the [Options] menu to retrieve the current printer status
information and update the Printer Status Window display.
You can also refresh the display by clicking [
Window.
] (Refresh) in the Printer Status
[Utility] Menu Item
The [Utility] menu item allows you to calibrate the printer and to clean the fixing
roller.
■ Cleaning
If black dot-shaped smudges appears on the front or back surfaces of printed paper, the
fixing roller needs to be cleaned. Cleaning the roller prevents printing problems from
occurring. Refer to "Cleaning the Fixing Roller," on p. 5-34 for more details.
■ Calibration
Calibration is automatically performed every 12 hours or each time 800 images (Full color
print: 200 pages; Monochrome print: 800 pages) are printed. However, you can perform
calibration manually when the color has changed. Refer to "Calibrating the Printer," on p.
5-31 for more details.
4-78
Printer Status Window
Displaying Printer Status When Using a Print Server
The status of a network printer can be displayed on the client's Printer Status
Window as well as on the print server's.
If the print server is not running when the Printer Status Window starts up, the
status will appear automatically when the print server starts up.
• Printer
NOTE
To display the printer status when printing a job over the network, a network environment
that uses one of the following protocols is required.
- TCP/IP
- NetBEUI
Printer Status Window
4-79
4
Printing a Document
Status at the Print Server
- Displays the status of local print jobs and of client print jobs.
- You can pause, resume, and cancel a print job.
- Sounds are also played.
- If the print server is running Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, the printer status is
not displayed when no one is logged on.
• Printer Status at the Client
- Clients can pause, resume, and cancel a print job.
- Sounds are only played if the username or computer name matches the client.
Printing a Document
4
4-80
Printer Status Window
Routine Maintenance
5
CHAPTER
This chapter describes the procedures for maintaining the printer such as replacing the
cartridges and cleaning the printer.
Replacing Toner Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
When a Message Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
The [Consumables/Counters] Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Replacing Toner Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
Precautions for Handling Toner Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Storing Toner Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Replacing the Drum Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
When a Message Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
The [Consumables/Counters] Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Replacing the Drum Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Precautions for Handling the Drum Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Storing Drum Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Calibrating the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Cleaning the Fixing Roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Cleaning the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Moving the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Handling the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Precautions for Handling the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47
Precautions for Storing the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
5-1
Replacing Toner Cartridges
This section describes how to replace and handle toner cartridges and gives
precautions for storing them.
When a Message Appears
Toner cartridges are consumable parts. When a toner cartridge is nearing the end
of its life, a message will appear in the Printer Status Window. Take the following
steps depending on this message.
Message
5
Routine Maintenance
Cartridge(s) may need to be
replaced soon. For details,
check the [Consumables/
Counters] dialog.
When it is Displayed
A toner cartridge or the drum • You can continue to print.
cartridge needs to be
• Check which cartridge(s)
replaced soon.
need to be replaced in the
[Consumables/Counters]
dialog box. If a toner
cartridge is nearly ready to
be replaced, buy a new
toner cartridge.
• It is recommended that you
replace the toner cartridge
before printing a large
amount of data.
One of the toner cartridges
Replacement of toner
(other than black) has
cartridge(s) is required
reached the end of its life.
(<toner colors>*).
* Yellow, magenta, or cyan
will appear in place of
<toner colors>. (More than
one color may appear.)
5-2
Replacing Toner Cartridges
Description and Actions to
Take
• You can only perform black
and white printing.
• If you are going to print in
color, you will need to
replace the toner cartridge
for the indicated color with
a new one.
Message
Description and Actions to
Take
When it is Displayed
The black toner cartridge has • Stop the printer as printing
Toner Cartridge
reached the end of its life.
cannot continue.
Replacement Required.
• Replace the displayed color
The lifetime of the toner
of toner cartridge with a
cartridge(s) has been
new one.
reached (<toner colors>*).
Replace the toner cartridge
after pressing the toner
replacement key and
opening the cover.
* Black, yellow, magenta, or
cyan will appear in place of
<toner colors>. (More than
one color may appear.)
Model Name
LBP5200
Supported Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge
Toner Cartridge 701 Black
Toner Cartridge 701 Yellow
Toner Cartridge 701L Yellow
Toner Cartridge 701 Magenta
Toner Cartridge 701L Magenta
Toner Cartridge 701 Cyan
Toner Cartridge 701L Cyan
NOTE
The lifetimes of the toner cartridges (Canon Genuine Parts) used in this printer are given
below. Page counts are for A4 or Letter size paper at 5% page coverage using the factory
default print density setting. The level of toner consumption varies depending on the type
and content of documents printed. Because documents that contain few areas of white
space, such as figures, tables and graphs, consume larger amounts of toner, toner
cartridge life will be reduced if you print large amounts of this kind of document.
• For the toner cartridges that are included with the printer
- Black: Approx. 5,000 pages.
- Yellow: Approx. 2,000 pages.
- Magenta: Approx. 2,000 pages.
- Cyan: Approx. 2,000 pages.
• For replacement toner cartridges
- Black (Toner Cartridge 701 Black): Approx. 5,000 pages.
- Yellow (Toner Cartridge 701 Yellow): Approx. 4,000 pages.
Replacing Toner Cartridges
5-3
5
Routine Maintenance
IMPORTANT
If your printouts are faded or patchy, this may be due to a toner cartridge reaching the
end of its life, even if you haven't seen any messages. Once the printing quality
deteriorates, replace the toner cartridge with a new one without using it any further.
When you are replacing a toner cartridge, make sure you only use toner cartridges that
are specifically designed for this printer.
-
Yellow (Toner Cartridge 701L Yellow): Approx. 2,000 pages.
Magenta (Toner Cartridge 701 Magenta): Approx. 4,000 pages.
Magenta (Toner Cartridge 701L Magenta): Approx. 2,000 pages.
Cyan (Toner Cartridge 701 Cyan): Approx. 4,000 pages.
Cyan (Toner Cartridge 701L Cyan): Approx. 2,000 pages.
Routine Maintenance
5
5-4
Replacing Toner Cartridges
The [Consumables/Counters] Dialog Box
The [Consumables/Counters] dialog box in the Printer Status Window can be used
to estimate when toner cartridges will need to be replaced. The state of each of the
different color toner cartridges is displayed in the [Consumables/Counters] dialog
box.
Displaying the [Consumables/Counters] Dialog Box
1
Open the Printer Status Window.
For details on opening the Printer Status Window, refer to "Displaying the Printer
Status Window," on p. 4-74.
Click [
] (Consumables/Counters) in the Printer Status
Window.
5
The [Consumables/Counters] dialog box can also be displayed by selecting
[Consumables/Counters] from the [Options] menu.
Replacing Toner Cartridges
Routine Maintenance
2
5-5
The [Consumables/Counters] dialog box will appear.
The meanings of the icons are as follows. (The black toner cartridge is used as an
example.)
Icon
5
Meaning
Routine Maintenance
Continue using as normal.
The toner cartridge is nearing the end of its life. Buy a
replacement toner cartridge.
The toner cartridge has reached the end of its life. Replace the
toner cartridge.
The toner cartridge has not been installed.
5-6
Replacing Toner Cartridges
Replacing Toner Cartridges
When the message [Toner Cartridge Replacement Required] appears in the Printer
Status Window, replace the toner cartridge of the indicated color with a new toner
cartridge.
WARNING
Do not put spent toner cartridges into a fire. Any toner remaining in the toner
cartridge may ignite, causing burns or fire.
CAUTION
Be careful to avoid staining your clothes or hands with toner. If you do get any
toner on your clothes or hands, wash it off immediately with cold water. If you
rinse using hot water the toner may become fixed, creating a stain that cannot
be removed.
IMPORTANT
Only use toner cartridges that are designed for this printer.
Press
Routine Maintenance
1
5
(Toner Replacement) for 2 seconds.
Toner Replacement Key
The toner cartridge holder will rotate, moving the spent toner cartridge to a
position where it can be removed.
Replacing Toner Cartridges
5-7
2
Open the top cover of the printer when the sound of printer
operation stops.
Hold the grip on the top cover and open it until it stops.
3
Routine Maintenance
5
Make sure that the toner cartridge you want to replace is in
the replacement position.
If the toner cartridge you want to replace is not in the replacement position, close
the top cover of the printer and wait for the sound of printer operations stops, then
open the cover again. Continue to open and close the top cover until the toner
cartridge you want to replace has moved into the replacement position.
5-8
Replacing Toner Cartridges
4
Remove the toner cartridge from the printer.
Hold the grip on the toner cartridge and lift it straight up.
Confirm the color of the label on the toner cartridge holder,
then take out a toner cartridge of the same color from its
protective bag.
5
Use scissors to open the protective bag so as not to damage the toner cartridge.
IMPORTANT
• Do not throw away the toner cartridge protective bag. You will need this bag when
you remove the toner cartridge for printer maintenance, etc.
• Be careful not to hold or touch sensitive areas such as the sensor or electrical
contacts. Doing so may damage the toner cartridge or printer.
Electrical
Contacts
Sensor
Replacing Toner Cartridges
5-9
Routine Maintenance
5
6
Hold the toner cartridge as shown in the figure, tilt it gently 5
or 6 times from side to side a, then back and forth b to
distribute the toner evenly inside the cartridge.
a
b
5
Routine Maintenance
IMPORTANT
• If the toner is not distributed evenly, you may get poor printing quality. Make sure
you perform this step.
• Rotate the toner cartridge gently. If you do not rotate the cartridge gently, toner may
spill out.
7
Remove the protective cover.
Grasp the protective cover and remove it as shown in the figure.
Protective
Cover
5-10
Replacing Toner Cartridges
IMPORTANT
• Do not hold or touch the developing roller. Doing so will degrade the printing
quality. Do not jolt the toner cartridge memory or bring it near a magnetic field.
Doing so may damage the toner cartridge.
Toner Cartridge
Memory
Developer Roller
• Do not throw the protective cover away. You will need this cover when you remove
the toner cartridge for printer maintenance, etc.
Place the toner cartridge on a flat surface, then slowly pull out
the sealing tape (approx. 45 cm in length) while supporting
the toner cartridge.
To pull out the sealing tape, grasp the tab at the end of it and pull it straight out in
the direction of the arrow.
CAUTION
If you pull on the sealing tape with excessive force or stop pulling midway,
toner may spray from the tape. If toner gets into your eyes or mouth, wash
it off immediately with cold water and consult a doctor.
Replacing Toner Cartridges
5-11
5
Routine Maintenance
8
IMPORTANT
• Do not bend the tape or pull it up or down. If you do, the sealing tape may break in
the middle, and you won't be able to fully remove it.
• Keep pulling on the tape until it is fully removed from the cartridge. If any sealing
tape is left inside the toner cartridge, you may experience printing problems.
5
Routine Maintenance
• Dispose of the sealing tape according to local regulations.
9
Hold the grip on the toner cartridge, and install it in the
printer.
Align the triangular mark on the toner cartridge with the triangular mark on the
printer when you insert the toner cartridge.
5-12
Replacing Toner Cartridges
When the toner cartridge is installed properly, the labels on the toner cartridge
and the toner cartridge holder will line up as shown in the figure.
10 Close the top cover.
Hold the grip on the top cover and close it gently.
Routine Maintenance
5
The toner cartridge holder will rotate automatically.
IMPORTANT
Even when you are using new toner cartridges, toner may adhere to the toner
cartridges and the areas around the toner cartridges when you open and close the
top cover. This has no effect on printer operation, printing quality, or toner
consumption, and the printer can be used as it is.
Replacing Toner Cartridges
5-13
11 Press
(Toner Replacement) for 2 seconds after the sound
of printer operation stops.
Toner Replacement Key
The Toner lamp will turn off after a short period of time, and the Ready lamp (blue)
will come on.
Routine Maintenance
5
Illuminate
Precautions for Handling Toner Cartridges
The toner cartridges are composed of light-sensitive components and intricate
mechanical components. Handling the cartridges roughly can damage them or
cause deterioration of printing quality. Whenever you are installing or removing
toner cartridges, take care of the following handling precautions.
WARNING
Do not put spent toner cartridges into a fire. Any toner remaining in the toner
cartridge may ignite, causing burns or fire.
CAUTION
Be careful to avoid staining your clothes or hands with toner. If you do get any
toner on your clothes or hands, wash it off immediately with cold water. If you
rinse using hot water the toner may become fixed, creating a stain that cannot
be removed.
IMPORTANT
• Never expose the toner cartridge to direct sunlight or strong light.
5-14
Replacing Toner Cartridges
• If a toner cartridge is removed from the printer during maintenance, attach the protective
cover immediately and place it in the protective bag that it came in or wrap it in a thick
cloth.
Protective Cover
• Be careful not to hold or touch sensitive areas such as the sensor or electrical contacts.
Doing so may damage the toner cartridge.
Electrical
Contacts
Sensor
• Do not hold or touch the developing roller. Doing so will degrade the printing quality. Do
not jolt the toner cartridge memory or bring it near a magnetic field. Doing so may
damage the toner cartridge.
Toner Cartridge
Memory
Developer Roller
Replacing Toner Cartridges
5-15
Routine Maintenance
5
• When handling a toner cartridge, hold it properly as shown in the figure. Do not stand it
on its end, or turn it upside down.
• Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the toner cartridge.
• If you expose a toner cartridge to rapid changes in temperature, droplets of water
(condensation) may form on the interior and exterior of the cartridge. If a new toner
cartridge that has been stored in a cool location is going to be installed in a warm area,
leave the cartridge for two or more hours without opening the protective bag to allow the
cartridge to adjust to the surrounding temperature before opening the bag.
• Be sure to use new toner cartridges before the expiration date indicated on the package.
Routine Maintenance
5
Storing Toner Cartridges
Take care of the following points when storing a new toner cartridge or handling a
toner cartridge that has been taken out of the printer for maintenance or to move
the printer.
IMPORTANT
• Do not take a new toner cartridge out of the protective bag until you are ready to use it.
• If a toner cartridge is removed from the printer during maintenance, attach the protective
cover immediately and place it in the protective bag that it came in or wrap it in a thick
cloth.
Protective Cover
• Do not stand it on its end, or turn it upside down. Store the cartridge in the same direction
as when it is installed in the printer.
• Do not store the toner cartridge in a place exposed to direct sunlight.
5-16
Replacing Toner Cartridges
• Do not store a cartridge in a hot or humid place, or a place where the temperature and
humidity can change rapidly.
Storing temperature range: 0 to 35°C (32 to 95°F)
Storing humidity range: 35 to 85% RH (no condensation)
• Do not store the toner cartridge in a place where corrosive gases, such as ammonia, are
generated, or where a considerable amount of salt is contained in the air, or where there
is a lot of dust.
• Keep the toner cartridge out of reach of small children.
■ Condensation
Even when the humidity is within the storage range, water droplets may form on the inside
or outside of the toner cartridge due to temperature differences with the surrounding air.
This condensation will have a bad effect on the performance of the toner cartridge.
Routine Maintenance
5
Replacing Toner Cartridges
5-17
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
This section describes the precautions for replacing, handling, and storing drum
cartridges.
When a Message Appears
The drum cartridge is a consumable part. When the drum cartridge is nearing the
end of its life, a message will appear in the Printer Status Window. Take the
following steps depending on this message.
Message
Routine Maintenance
5
When it is Displayed
Description and Actions to Take
Cartridge(s) may
need to be replaced
soon. For details,
check the
[Consumables/
Counters] dialog.
A toner cartridge or
the drum cartridge
needs to be replaced
soon.
• You can continue to print.
• Check which cartridge(s) need to be
replaced in the [Consumables/Counters]
dialog box. If the drum cartridge is nearly
ready to be replaced, buy a new drum
cartridge.
• It is recommended that you replace the
drum cartridge before printing a large
amount of data.
Drum Cartridge
Replacement
Required
The drum cartridge
has reached the end
of its life.
• Stop the printer, as you cannot continue
printing.
• Replace the drum cartridge with a new
cartridge.
IMPORTANT
When you are replacing the drum cartridge, make sure you only use a drum cartridge
that is specifically designed for this printer.
Model Name
LBP5200
Supported Canon Genuine Drum Cartridge
Drum Cartridge 701
NOTE
The lifetime of the drum cartridge used by this printer (Canon Genuine Parts) is given
below. The number of pages may be lower depending on printer settings and
preferences.
- Color print: Approx. 5,000 pages when printing on A4 or Letter size paper.
- Black and white print: Approx. 20,000* pages when printing on A4 or Letter size paper.
5-18
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
*
This is the number of pages of A4 size plain paper that were printed under Canon standard
testing conditions. Depending on the intermittency of printing, paper types and paper sizes, the
number of pages possible may be half this number. (The intermittency of printing refers to the
amount of printing in a fixed period.)
The following is a rough guide to drum cartridge lifetimes under intermittent printing.
4 pages at a time: Approx. 19,000 pages
2 pages at a time: Approx. 13,500 pages
The [Consumables/Counters] Dialog Box
The [Consumables/Counters] dialog box in the Printer Status Window can be used
to estimate when the drum cartridge will need to be replaced. The state of the drum
cartridge is displayed in the [Consumables/Counters] dialog box.
Displaying the [Consumables/Counters] Dialog Box
1
Open the Printer Status Window.
2
Click [
Window.
] (Consumables/Counters) in the Printer Status
The [Consumables/Counters] dialog box can also be displayed by selecting
[Consumables/Counters] from the [Options] menu.
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
5
Routine Maintenance
For details on opening the Printer Status Window, refer to "Displaying the Printer
Status Window," on p. 4-74.
5-19
The [Consumables/Counters] dialog box will appear.
The meanings of the icons are as follows.
Icon
5
Meaning
Routine Maintenance
Continue using as normal.
The drum cartridge is nearing the end of its life. Buy a
replacement drum cartridge.
The drum cartridge has reached the end of its life. Replace the
drum cartridge.
The drum cartridge has not been installed.
5-20
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
Replace the drum cartridge with a new one when the message "Drum Cartridge
Replacement Required" appears in the Printer Status Window.
WARNING
Do not put spent drum cartridges into a fire. Any toner remaining in the drum
cartridge may ignite, causing burns or fire.
CAUTION
• Be careful to avoid staining your clothes or hands with toner. If you do get any
toner on your clothes or hands, wash it off immediately with cold water. If you
rinse using hot water the toner may become fixed, creating a stain that cannot
be removed.
• Never touch the electrical contact or gears inside the top cover. Doing so may
cause an electrical shock or personal injury.
IMPORTANT
• Only use a drum cartridge that was designed for use with this printer.
• The inner portion of the printer needs to be cleaned when replacing the drum cartridge,
therefore, have a soft, dry cloth available.
1
Open the top cover.
Hold the grip on the top cover and open it until it stops.
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
5-21
Routine Maintenance
5
2
Remove the drum cartridge from the printer.
Push the drum cartridge in the direction of the arrow a, then lift it straight up b
to remove it.
a
b
Routine Maintenance
5
3
Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe off shreds of paper and toner that
have become attached to the transparent sheet located in
front of the roller.
WARNING
Always use a dry cloth for cleaning. Do not use alcohol, benzene, thinners
or any other inflammable substance. If an inflammable substance comes
into contact with the electrical unit inside the printer it may ignite or cause
an electrical shock.
5-22
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
IMPORTANT
• Be careful not to scratch the transparent sheet or peel it by force.
• Do not wet the cloth with water or detergent.
• Be careful not to touch unnecessary parts in the printer when cleaning.
Take the drum cartridge out of the protective bag.
Open the protective bag with scissors, so as not to damage the cartridge.
5
IMPORTANT
• Do not throw away the drum cartridge protective bag. You will need this bag when
you remove the drum cartridge for printer maintenance, etc.
• If you touch the inner drum with your hand or scratch it, the printing quality will be
degraded. Do not touch or open the drum protective shutter under any
circumstances. Be careful not to hold or touch sensitive areas such as the sensor
or electrical contacts. Doing so may damage the drum cartridge.
Drum Protective
Shutter
Sensor
• Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight or strong light.
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
5-23
Routine Maintenance
4
5
Remove the packing materials (7 pieces).
Remove the packing materials a and b by hooking your fingers into the tabs
and pulling them in the direction of the arrows.
b
a
Remove the packing materials c and d by turning them in the direction of the
arrows until they stop and pulling them out.
Routine Maintenance
5
d
c
5-24
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
Remove the packing materials e and f by holding the grips and pulling them in
the direction of the arrows.
f
e
Hold the packing material g and remove it as shown in the figure.
Routine Maintenance
5
g
IMPORTANT
• Do not hold or touch the electrical contacts. Doing so may damage the drum
cartridge.
Electrical
Contacts
Electrical Contacts
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
5-25
• Do not hold or touch the transfer belt. Doing so will degrade the printing quality. Do
not jolt the drum cartridge memory or bring it near a magnetic field. Doing so may
damage the drum cartridge.
Drum Cartridge Memory
Transfer Belt
• After removing the packing materials, install the drum cartridge in the printer as
soon as possible.
• Dispose of the packing materials according to local regulations.
6
5
Hold the drum cartridge with both hands and insert it in the
printer.
Routine Maintenance
Align the triangular mark on the drum cartridge with the triangular mark on the
printer when you insert the drum cartridge a.
a
5-26
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
Lock the drum cartridge by pulling it down toward you b.
b
IMPORTANT
Firmly lock the drum cartridge until it is in the state shown in the figure.
7
Routine Maintenance
5
Close the top cover.
Hold the grip on the top cover and close it gently.
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
5-27
Precautions for Handling the Drum Cartridge
The drum cartridge is composed of light-sensitive components and intricate
mechanical components. Handling the cartridge roughly can damage it or cause
deterioration of printing quality. Whenever you are installing or removing the drum
cartridge, take care of the following handling precautions.
WARNING
Do not put spent drum cartridges into a fire. Any toner remaining in the drum
cartridge may ignite, causing burns or fire.
CAUTION
Be careful to avoid staining your clothes or hands with toner. If you do get any
toner on your clothes or hands, wash it off immediately with cold water. If you
rinse using hot water the toner may become fixed, creating a stain that cannot
be removed.
IMPORTANT
• If you touch the inner drum with your hand or scratch it, the printing quality will be
degraded. Do not touch or open the drum protective shutter under any circumstances. Be
careful not to hold or touch sensitive areas such as the sensor or electrical contacts.
Doing so may damage the drum cartridge.
Routine Maintenance
5
Drum Protective
Shutter
Sensor
• Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight or strong light.
• If a drum cartridge has to be removed from the printer for maintenance, immediately
place it in the protective bag that it came in.
5-28
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
• Do not hold or touch the electrical contacts. Doing so may damage the drum cartridge.
Electrical
Contacts
Electrical Contacts
• Do not hold or touch the transfer belt. Doing so will degrade the printing quality. Do not
jolt the drum cartridge memory or bring it near a magnetic field. Doing so may damage
the drum cartridge.
Drum Cartridge Memory
Transfer Belt
• When handling the drum cartridge, hold it properly as shown in the figure. Do not stand it
on its end, or turn it upside down.
• Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the drum cartridge.
• If you expose the drum cartridge to rapid changes in temperature, droplets of water
(condensation) may form on the interior and exterior of the cartridge. If a new drum
cartridge that has been stored in a cool location is going to be installed in a warm area,
leave the cartridge for two or more hours without opening the protective bag to allow the
cartridge to adjust to the surrounding temperature before opening the bag.
• Be sure to use a new cartridge within the expiration date indicated on the package.
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
5-29
Routine Maintenance
5
Storing Drum Cartridges
Take care of the following points when storing a new drum cartridge or handling a
drum cartridge that has been taken out of the printer for maintenance or to move
the printer.
IMPORTANT
• Do not remove a new drum cartridge from the protective bag until it is ready to be used.
• If a drum cartridge has to be removed from the printer for maintenance, place it in the
protective bag that it came in or wrap it with a thick cloth immediately.
• Do not store the drum cartridge in a place exposed to direct sunlight.
• Do not store cartridges in a hot or humid place, or a place where the temperature and
humidity can change rapidly.
Storing temperature range: 0 to 35°C (32 to 95°F)
Storing humidity range: 35 to 85% RH (no condensation)
• Do not store the drum cartridge in a place where corrosive gases, such as ammonia, are
generated, or where a considerable amount of salt is contained in the air, or where there
is a lot of dust.
• Keep the drum cartridge out of reach of small children.
Routine Maintenance
5
■ Condensation
Even when the humidity is within the storage range, water droplets may form on the inside
or outside of the drum cartridge due to temperature differences with the surrounding air.
This condensation will have a bad effect on the performance of the drum cartridge.
5-30
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
Calibrating the Printer
If the printed colors change compared to earlier printing, calibrate the printer using
the following procedure.
Open the [Printers and Faxes] folder or [Printers] folder.
For Windows 98/Me/2000: Select [Settings] ➞ [Printers] from the [Start] menu.
For Windows XP Professional/Server 2003: Select [Printers and Faxes] from the
[Start] menu.
For Windows XP Home Edition: Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu, then
click [Printers and Other Hardware] ➞ [Printers and Faxes].
5
Routine Maintenance
1
The [Printers] folder or the [Printers and Faxes] folder is displayed.
Calibrating the Printer
5-31
2
Select the [Canon LBP5200] icon, then select [Printing
Preferences] (For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003) or
[Properties] (For Windows 98/Me) from the [File] menu.
Routine Maintenance
5
The [Properties] dialog box for the printer is displayed.
3
5-32
Display the [Page Setup] sheet, then click [
Printer Status Window).
Calibrating the Printer
] (Display
The Printer Status Window appears.
Select [Utility] ➞ [Calibration] from the [Options] menu.
The printer begins calibrating.
This takes approximately 65 seconds.Please wait a moment.
5
Routine Maintenance
4
Calibrating the Printer
5-33
Cleaning the Fixing Roller
If black dot-shaped smudges appear on the front or back surfaces of printed paper,
use the following procedure to clean the fixing roller. Cleaning the roller prevents
printing problems from occurring. Clean the fixing roller first involves printing the
cleaning page shown in the figure on a piece of A4 paper. This cleaning page is fed
in through the multi-purpose tray, and cleans the fixing roller.
Routine Maintenance
5
IMPORTANT
The cleaning page cannot be printed on any paper other than A4. Prepare a piece of A4
size paper.
1
Open the multi-purpose tray.
Grasp the handhold in the center of the printer, and open the multi-purpose tray.
5-34
Cleaning the Fixing Roller
2
Pull out the auxiliary tray a and open the extension tray b.
a
3
b
Load one sheet of A4 paper into the multi-purpose tray.
4
Routine Maintenance
5
Open the Printer Status Window.
For details on opening the Printer Status Window, refer to "Displaying the Printer
Status Window," on p. 4-74.
Cleaning the Fixing Roller
5-35
5
Select [Utility] ➞ [Cleaning] from the [Options] menu.
The cleaning page is printed.
Routine Maintenance
5
6
Load the cleaning page into the multi-purpose tray with the
printed side facing down and the arrow pointing into the
printer.
If other paper is already loaded in the multi-purpose tray, load the cleaning page
before you click [
] (resume).
5-36
Cleaning the Fixing Roller
The paper feeds slowly into the printer and the printer starts cleaning the fixing
roller.
NOTE
• Cleaning takes approximately 3 minutes.
• Cleaning cannot be interrupted.Wait until the cleaning is finished.
Routine Maintenance
5
Cleaning the Fixing Roller
5-37
Cleaning the Printer
To maintain the optimal printing quality from your printing, periodically clean the
outer parts of the printer and the air inlet and exhaust ducts. To avoid damage to the
printer and electrical shocks while cleaning, observe the following precautions
when cleaning.
WARNING
• Turn the printer off and remove the plug from the wall when you are cleaning the
printer. Failure to do so may cause fire or electrical shock.
• Do not use alcohol, benzene, thinners or any other inflammable substance. If an
inflammable substance comes into contact with the electrical unit inside the
printer it may ignite or cause an electrical shock.
5
Routine Maintenance
IMPORTANT
• Be careful not to use a cleaning agent other than water or a mild detergent mixed with
water as it may deform or crack the plastic materials in the printer.
• When using a mild detergent, be sure to dilute it with water.
• This printer does not need to be lubricated. Do not lubricate the printer.
1
Press the power switch to turn the printer off a, remove the
USB cable b, and disconnect the power plug from the power
outlet c.
b
c
a
5-38
Cleaning the Printer
2
Firmly wring a soft cloth dampened with water or a mild
detergent diluted with water, and wipe off the dirt.
If you use a mild detergent for cleaning, be sure to wipe away the detergent with
a soft cloth dampened with water.
4
After wiping off the dirt, wipe the printer with a dry cloth.
5
Once the printer is completely dry, plug the power plug into
the power outlet and reconnect the USB cable.
Cleaning the Printer
5-39
Routine Maintenance
3
Moving the Printer
When changing the location of the printer or moving the printer for maintenance, be
sure to perform the following procedure.
WARNING
When you are moving the printer, always turn the printer off, unplug the power
plug, and remove the interface cable. If you move the printer without unplugging
the cables, the electrical cord and interface cable may be damaged, causing a
fire or electrical shock.
CAUTION
• This printer weighs approximately 22.7 kg (Main Unit: Approx. 17 kg; 4 x Toner
Cartridge: Approx. 3.2 kg; Drum Cartridge: Approx. 2.5 kg). Take care to carry
the printer without hurting your back.
• Never hold the printer by the front panel, ventilation slots, rear panel, or
anywhere else other than the grips for moving the printer. Doing so may cause
the printer to fall, resulting in personal injury.
Routine Maintenance
5
• The rear side of the printer is the heavy side. When lifting the printer, take care
not to lose your balance. Doing so may cause the printer to fall, resulting in
personal injury.
The Rear End
is Heavy
5-40
Moving the Printer
Moving the Printer
Use the following procedure to move the printer. If the 250-sheet paper feeder is
fitted on the printer, refer to "When the 250-sheet paper feeder is installed" in the
next section.
1
Press the power switch to turn the printer off a, remove the
USB cable b, and disconnect the power plug from the power
outlet c.
b
5
Routine Maintenance
c
a
2
3
Remove all the interface cables and the power cord from the
printer.
Carry the printer unit.
Hold the grips located on either side of the printer securely with both hands.
Moving the Printer
5-41
4
Put the printer down carefully at the installation site.
CAUTION
Put the printer down slowly and carefully. You may be injured if your hands,
etc. are pinched by the printer.
IMPORTANT
Be sure that there is enough space set aside at the installation site for installing the
optional accessories and connecting cables.
5
Routine Maintenance
5
Connect the interface cables except for the USB cable, and
connect the power cord.
6
Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet.
7
Connect the USB cable.
● Transporting the Printer
When transporting the printer for reasons such as relocating, remove the toner
cartridges and store the printer and the parts in the package that they came in
with the protective materials attached in order to prevent them from being
damaged while being transported.
If the original package and packing materials are not available, find an
appropriate box and packing materials and pack the printer and the parts
appropriately.
5-42
Moving the Printer
When the 250-sheet paper feeder is installed
If the optional 250-sheet paper feeder is installed, remove the paper feeder using
the following procedure before moving the printer.
CAUTION
• Do not move the printer with the optional 250-sheet paper feeder still attached.
• Never hold the printer by the paper cassette, rear panel, or anywhere else other
than the grips for moving the printer. Doing so may cause the printer to fall,
resulting in personal injury.
Routine Maintenance
5
Moving the Printer
5-43
1
Press the power switch to turn the printer off a, remove the
USB cable b, and disconnect the power plug from the power
outlet c.
b
c
5
Routine Maintenance
a
2
3
Remove all the interface cables and the power cord from the
printer.
Detach the printer from the paper feeder.
Hold the grips located on either side of the printer securely with both hands.
5-44
Moving the Printer
4
Carry the paper feeder to the installation site.
When carrying the paper feeder, hold the grips on both sides as shown in the
figure.
IMPORTANT
Make sure there is enough space set aside at the installation site for attaching
cables, etc.
Put the printer down slowly on the paper feeder.
Place the printer so that the transport grips align with the pockets on the paper
feeder.
Grips for Moving
Pockets
CAUTION
Put the printer down slowly and carefully on the paper feeder. You may be
injured if your hands, etc. are pinched by the printer.
Moving the Printer
5-45
Routine Maintenance
5
5
6
Connect the interface cables except for the USB cable, and
connect the power cord.
7
Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet.
8
Connect the USB cable.
● Transporting the Printer
When transporting the printer for reasons such as relocating, remove the toner
cartridges and store the printer and the parts in the package that they came in
with the protective materials attached in order to prevent them from being
damaged while being transported.
If the original package and packing materials are not available, find an
appropriate box and packing materials and pack the printer and the parts
appropriately.
Routine Maintenance
5
5-46
Moving the Printer
Handling the Printer
This printer uses a variety of electronic components and delicate optical
components. Read the following section carefully, and take care when handling the
printer.
IMPORTANT
The methods for handling the printer are also described in "Important Safety
Instructions," on p. xv.
Precautions for Handling the Printer
IMPORTANT
• Do not place any heavy objects on top of the printer or the multi-purpose tray. Doing so
may damage the printer.
• Do not lave the top cover open for any longer than you need to. Exposure to direct
sunlight or strong light can degrade the printer performance.
• Do not shake the printer while it is printing. Doing so may reduce the printing quality.
• Do not open the top cover of the printing while it is printing. Doing so may damage the
printer.
Handling the Printer
5-47
5
Routine Maintenance
To ensure that you can always achieve high quality printing, observe the following
precautions.
• Open and close the multi-purpose tray, sub-output tray and the top cover of the printer
gently. The printer may be damaged if you are rough.
• If you want to spread a blanket over the printer to prevent dust from entering the printer,
turn the power off and allow the printer to cool down sufficiently before covering the
printer.
• If you do not plan to use the printer for a long period of time, unplug the power cord from
the AC power outlet.
• Do not use or store the printer in a room where chemicals are used.
Precautions for Storing the Printer
If you do not plan to use the printer for a long period of time, store it in the following
environment:
0 to 35°C (32 to 95°F)
• Humidity: from 35 to 85% RH with no condensation
• Temperature: from
Routine Maintenance
5
5-48
Handling the Printer
Optional Accessories
6
CHAPTER
This chapter describes the optional accessories and the procedures for installing them on the
printer.
Optional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Network Board (AXIS 1611) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Installing the Network Board (AXIS 1611) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Verifying the Contents of the Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
Parts and Their Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
Installing the Network Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14
Removing the Network Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-19
6-1
Optional Accessories
The following optional accessories are available to allow you to full utilize the
features of this printer. Purchase these products as you need them. Contact the
store where you purchased the printer for inquiries about the optional accessories.
250-sheet Paper Feeder
The 250-sheet paper feeder attaches to the base of the printer. Up to approximately
250 sheets of plain paper (64 g/m2) in sizes of A4, B5, A5, Legal, Letter, and
Executive can be loaded in the paper cassette in the optional 250-sheet paper
feeder (Cassette 1).
Optional Accessories
6
Paper Feeder Unit PF-96
6-2
Optional Accessories
Network Board (AXIS 1611)
Installing the optional network board (AXIS 1611) allows you to use the LBP5200
directly over a network.
For more details on the AXIS 1611, visit the Axis Communications website (http://
www.axis.com/).
Network Board (AXIS 1611)
Optional Accessories
6
Optional Accessories
6-3
Installing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder
Installation Space
The following figures show the dimensions of each part of the printer, the
dimensions of the space required around the printer, and the positions of the feet
when the printer is fitted with the 250-sheet paper feeder.
93.5
• Feet Positions (Paper Feeder)
99 223 129.5
Optional Accessories
320.5
73
322
56.5
66
66
2
48
1
45
6
314
376
100
• Printer Dimensions
(mm)
208
100
758
682
100
100
• Required Peripheral Space
1174.5*1
515.5*2
(mm)
*1 Becomes 1232 mm if you use legal size paper.
*2 Becomes 573 mm if you use legal size paper.
6-4
Installing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder
Verifying the Contents of the Package
Before installing the 250-sheet paper feeder, make sure that all of the following
items were present in the package. In the rare event that any components are
missing or damaged, contact the store where you purchased the feeder.
Paper Feeder Unit PF-96
Installing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder
Attach the 250-sheet paper feeder to the base of the printer using the following
procedure.
WARNING
Make sure you turn the printer off, disconnect the power plug and remove all
interface cables and the power cord from the printer before attaching the
250-sheet paper feeder. If you move the printer without unplugging the cables,
the electrical cord and interface cables may be damaged, causing a fire or
electrical shock.
IMPORTANT
• Do not touch the connectors or rollers in the paper feeder. Doing so may damage the
feeder or cause paper feeding problems.
Connector
Roller
• Cellophane tape and packing materials are attached to protect the 250-sheet paper
feeder from vibrations and shocks during transport. Make sure you remove all packing
material before use.
• Store the packing materials carefully, as you will need them when you transport or repair
the 250-sheet paper feeder.
Installing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder
6-5
Optional Accessories
6
1
Press the power switch to turn the printer off a, remove the
USB cable b, and disconnect the power plug from the power
outlet c.
b
c
a
6
Optional Accessories
2
3
Remove all the interface cables and the power cord from the
printer.
Move the printer from the installation site.
Hold the grips located on both sides of the printer securely with both hands.
CAUTION
• This printer weighs approximately 22.7 kg (Main Unit: Approx. 17 kg; 4 x
Toner Cartridge: Approx. 3.2 kg; Drum Cartridge: Approx. 2.5 kg). Take care
to carry the printer without hurting your back.
6-6
Installing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder
• Never hold the printer by the front panel, ventilation slots, rear panel, or
anywhere else other than the grips for moving the printer. Doing so may
cause the printer to fall, resulting in personal injury.
• The rear side of the printer is the heavy side. When lifting the printer, take
care not to lose your balance. Doing so may cause the printer to fall,
resulting in personal injury.
6
4
Optional Accessories
The Rear End
is Heavy
Carry the paper feeder to the installation site.
When carrying the paper feeder, hold the grips on both sides as shown in the
figure.
Installing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder
6-7
5
Pull out the paper cassette from the paper feeder.
6
Remove the tape that is securing the rear paper guide.
Optional Accessories
6
7
Push down the paper cassette plate a and remove the
packing material by rotating it to the left b.
a
b
6-8
Installing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder
8
Insert the paper cassette into the paper feeder.
9
Put the printer down slowly on the paper feeder.
Align the printer so that the grips on the printer match the pockets on the paper
feeder.
6
Optional Accessories
Grips for Moving
Pockets
CAUTION
Put the printer down slowly and carefully on the paper feeder. You may be
injured if your hands, etc. are pinched by the printer.
10 Connect the interface cables except for the USB cable, and
connect the power cord.
11 Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet.
Installing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder
6-9
12 Connect the USB cable.
IMPORTANT
• Refer to "Printing from the Paper Cassette," on p. 2-34 for information on loading
paper.
• When loading paper for the first time after installing the paper feeder, be sure to
turn the printer on at least once before loading the paper.
Removing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder
Remove the paper feeder using the following procedure.
WARNING
Make sure you turn the printer off, disconnect the power plug and remove all
interface cables and the power cord from the printer before removing the
250-sheet paper feeder. If you remove the paper feeder without unplugging the
cables, the electrical cord and interface cables may be damaged, causing a fire
or electrical shock.
IMPORTANT
Remove the paper feeder when you are going to move or repair the printer.
Optional Accessories
6
1
2
Remove all the interface cables and the power cord from the
printer.
3
Lift the printer and remove it from the paper feeder.
4
Move the paper feeder.
5
Move the main unit back to the installation site.
6
6-10
Press the power switch to turn the printer off, remove the USB
cable, and disconnect the power plug from the power outlet.
Connect the interface cables except for the USB cable, and
connect the power cord.
Installing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder
7
Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet.
8
Connect the USB cable.
Optional Accessories
6
Installing the 250-sheet Paper Feeder
6-11
Installing the Network Board (AXIS 1611)
Installing the optional network board (AXIS 1611) allows you to use the LBP5200
directly over a network.
For more details on the AXIS 1611, visit the Axis Communications website (http://
www.axis.com/).
If the computers connect directly to the network board
Client
(Windows 98/Me/2000)
LBP5200
(with AXIS 1611 installed)
Client
(Windows XP/Server 2003)
6
Optional Accessories
: NetBIOS/NetBEUI
: TCP/IP
If the computers connect via a print server
Client
Print Server
(Windows 98/Me/2000/XP/Server 2003)
(Windows 98/Me/2000/XP/Server 2003*)
Client
LBP5200
(with AXIS 1611 installed)
(Windows 98/Me/2000/XP/Server 2003)
: NetBIOS/NetBEUI
: TCP/IP
: Protocols you can use
* If the print server is running Windows XP/Server 2003, you cannot use the NetBIOS/NetBEUI protocol
between the print server and printer.
6-12
Installing the Network Board (AXIS 1611)
Verifying the Contents of the Package
Before installing the network board, make sure that all of the following items are
present in the package. In the rare event that any components are missing or
damaged, contact the store where you purchased the board.
Network Board
(AXIS 1611)
AXIS 1611
User's Manual
NOTE
A LAN cable is not supplied with the network board. If you are installing the network
board to connect the printer to a network, you will need a category 5 twisted pair cable.
Cables, hubs, etc. should be obtained separately as required.
a
Optional Accessories
Parts and Their Functions
e
dcb
a Printer Connector
This is the connector that plugs into the printer. Do
not touch the connector with your fingers.
b LAN Connector
Connects to a 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX LAN cable.
c Status Lamp
d Power Lamp
This light turns on when the printer is on. If this lamp
does not come on when the printer is turned on, the
network board is malfunctioning.
e MAC Address Label
Displays the MAC address of this network board.
Shows the status of the network board. If the lamp
flashes when the LAN cable is not connected, the
network board is malfunctioning.
Installing the Network Board (AXIS 1611)
6
6-13
Installing the Network Board
Use the following procedure to install the network board in the expansion board slot
at the rear of the printer.
CAUTION
• Make sure that the printer is turned off and that all interface cables and power
cord are disconnected from the printer before installing the network board.
Attempting to install the board with the power on may result in electrical shock.
• Take care when you are handling the network board. Do not touch the corners or
sharp areas of the network board as may cause personal injury.
IMPORTANT
The network board contains components that are sensitive to static electricity. To avoid
damaging the board due to static electricity, observe the following handling precautions.
- Touch a metal object to dissipate static electricity before handling the network board.
- When handling the network board, do not touch anything that generates static
electricity such as the computer display.
- Do not touch any of the components, printed wiring, or connectors on the network
board.
- To avoid the effects of static electricity, do not remove the network board from the
protective bag until immediately before you install it. The protective bag is also needed
when you remove the network board. Store the protective bag and do not discard of it.
Optional Accessories
6
NOTE
You will need a Philips-head screwdriver to install the network board. Prepare a
screwdriver in advance that matches the size of the screws.
6-14
Installing the Network Board (AXIS 1611)
1
Press the power switch to turn the printer off a, remove the
USB cable b, and disconnect the power plug from the power
outlet c.
b
c
a
2
Remove all the interface cables and the power cord from the
printer.
If there is not enough space to install the network board, move the printer to a
place where it is easier to work.
3
Remove the 2 screws from the top and bottom sections of the
expansion board slot, and then remove the protective plate.
IMPORTANT
You will need the screws that you removed to attach the network board. You will
also need the protective plate if you remove the network board. Store these parts
and do not discard them.
Installing the Network Board (AXIS 1611)
6-15
Optional Accessories
6
4
Insert the network board into the expansion slot.
Hold the metal panel portions of the network board and insert the board so that it
is aligned with the guide rails inside the expansion slot.
IMPORTANT
• Do not touch any of the components, printed wiring, or connectors on the network
board.
• Push the network board firmly until the printer connector on the network board is
securely plugged into the connector inside the expansion slot.
6
Optional Accessories
5
6-16
Attach the top and bottom parts of the network board using
the 2 screws that you removed in Step 3.
Installing the Network Board (AXIS 1611)
6
Connect the LAN cable.
Make sure to use a LAN cable that is compatible with the LAN socket on the
network board as appropriate for the network you are using.
NOTE
A LAN cable is not supplied with the network board. If you are installing the network
board to connect the printer to a network, you will need a category 5 twisted pair
cable. Cables, hubs, etc. should be obtained separately as required.
6
Connect the other end of the LAN cable to a hub.
Optional Accessories
7
8
9
Connect the interface cables except for the USB cable, and
connect the power cord.
Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet.
10 If necessary, connect the USB cable.
Installing the Network Board (AXIS 1611)
6-17
11 Press the power switch to turn the printer on.
IMPORTANT
Refer to the users manual supplied with the AXIS 1611 if the board does not
operate properly, or an error message appears in the Printer Status Window.
12 Check that the Power lamp on the network board is on.
Optional Accessories
6
Power Lamp
If the network board is not working properly, turn the printer off, and then check
the LAN cable connection, hub operation, and network board installation.
6-18
Installing the Network Board (AXIS 1611)
Removing the Network Board
Remove the network board using the following procedure. Prepare the protective
plate for the expansion board slot that you removed when you installed the network
board.
CAUTION
• Make sure that the printer is turned off and that all interface cables and power
cord are disconnected from the printer before removing the network board.
Attempting to remove the board with the power on may result in electrical
shock.
• Take care when you are handling the network board. Do not touch the corners or
sharp areas of the network board as may cause personal injury.
2
3
Press the power switch to turn the printer off, remove the USB
cable, and disconnect the power plug from the power outlet.
Remove all the interface cables and the power cord from the
printer.
Remove the 2 screws and remove the network board.
Store the network board in the protective bag that it came in.
IMPORTANT
• Do not touch any of the components, printed wiring, or connectors on the network
board.
• The screws that were removed are used to attach the protective plate.
4
5
Attach the protective plate to the expansion slot and secure it
with the screws.
Connect the interface cables except for the USB cable, and
connect the power cord.
6
Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet.
7
Connect the USB cable.
Installing the Network Board (AXIS 1611)
6-19
6
Optional Accessories
1
Optional Accessories
6
6-20
Installing the Network Board (AXIS 1611)
Troubleshooting
7
CHAPTER
This chapter describes the solutions to problems such as a paper jams and poor printing
quality.
Troubleshooting Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Alarm Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Paper Jams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Paper Jam Inside the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
Paper Jam Behind the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Paper Jam in the Drum Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-26
Service Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Print Quality Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
When Nothing is Printed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Installation Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Problems During Local Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-47
Problems sharing the printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-48
Miscellaneous Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
7-1
Troubleshooting Map
If any problem occurs while you are using the printer, follow the flow chart shown
below to check the source of the problem.
Cannot use
the printer driver
Yes
The printer driver is not installed
correctly
➞Chapter 7: Installation Problems (p.7-41)
No
The Alarm lamp is on or flashing
Cannot print
➞Chapter 7: Alarm Indicator (p.7-3)
The power cord is not connected
The power switch is turned off
➞Chapter 1: Turning the Printer On and Off
(p.1-11)
7
Troubleshooting
An error is
displayed in the Printer
Status Window
The printing
quality is low
Follow the direction in the
message displayed in the
Printer Status Window
➞Chapter 4: Printer Status Window
(p.4-72)
The toner density is set too thin
➞Specifying the Print Quality
(p.4-56)
The toner is running out
➞Chapter 5: Replacing Toner
Cartridges (p.5-7)
The installation environment is bad
➞Getting Started Guide
7-2
Paper problems
Other problems
➞Chapter 7: Paper Problems
(p.7-38)
➞Chapter 7: Print Quality Problems
(p.7-30)
Troubleshooting Map
The printer is not connected to the computer
➞Chapter 1: Connecting to a Computer (p.1-13)
The printer driver is not installed
correctly
➞Chapter 7: Installation Problems (p.7-41)
Alarm Indicator
If a problem occurs in the printer, the Alarm indicator (red) lights up or blinks.
When the Alarm lamp is on, a service error is occurring. In this case, refer to
"Service Call," on p. 7-28.
If the Alarm lamp is blinking, follow the directions displayed in the Printer Status
Window.
Troubleshooting
7
Alarm Indicator
7-3
Paper Jams
The following messages are displayed in the Printer Status Window when a paper
jam occurs during printing.
Remove the jammed paper according to the displayed message.
Troubleshooting
7
Message
Procedure for Clearing the Paper Jam
Paper Jam inside Printer
"Paper Jam Inside the Printer," on p. 7-6
Paper Jam behind Printer
"Paper Jam Behind the Printer," on p. 7-13
WARNING
There is a high-voltage unit inside this product. When you are clearing paper
jams or inspecting the interior of the printer, make sure that a necklace,
bracelet, or other metallic object does not touch the inside of the printer. Doing
so may cause an electrical shock.
7-4
Paper Jams
CAUTION
• Never touch the electrical contacts or gears inside the top cover. Doing so may
cause an electrical shock or personal injury.
• Be careful to avoid staining your clothes or hands with toner while you are
clearing a paper jam. If you get any toner on your hands or clothes, wash it off
immediately with cold water. Do not rinse with hot water, as this can fix the
toner, creating a stain that cannot be removed.
• When you are clearing jammed paper from inside the printer, remove the paper
gently so that toner that is on the jammed paper does not spray out of the
printer. This could lead to toner getting in your eyes or mouth. If toner gets into
your eyes or mouth, wash it out immediately with cold water and consult a
doctor.
• When removing jammed paper, take care not to cut your hands with the edges
of the paper.
Paper Jams
7-5
7
Troubleshooting
IMPORTANT
• You can clear jammed paper with the printer power left on. If you turn the power off, the
current printer data will be lost. If you turn the printer off to clear a paper jam from the
back of the printer, the current printer data will be lost.
• If you tug too hard on jammed paper, the paper can tear and the internal components
may be damaged. When you are pull out jammed paper, pull it out in the correct direction
depending on the location.
• If paper is torn, be sure to find and remove any remaining pieces of paper.
• If you clear the jammed paper without opening the top cover, the error message may not
clear. In this case, open and close the top cover once.
Paper Jam Inside the Printer
If the message [Paper Jam inside Printer] appears in the Printer Status Window,
remove the paper using the following procedure.
1
2
If paper is jammed in the output tray, pull out the jammed
paper.
If paper is jammed in the multi-purpose tray, pull out the
jammed paper.
Troubleshooting
7
IMPORTANT
If the jammed paper cannot be removed easily, proceed to the next step. Do not try
to remove the paper forcefully.
7-6
Paper Jams
3
If the 250-sheet paper feeder is installed, perform the
following procedure.
● Pull out the paper cassette.
● Pull out any jammed paper.
IMPORTANT
If the jammed paper cannot be removed easily, proceed to the next step. Do not try
to remove the paper forcefully.
● Insert the paper cassette into the printer.
Paper Jams
7-7
Troubleshooting
7
4
Open the top cover.
Hold the grip on the top cover and open it until it stops.
5
Remove the drum cartridge from the printer.
Push the drum cartridge in the direction of the arrow a, and lift it straight up b.
a
Troubleshooting
7
b
7-8
Paper Jams
If paper is jammed in the drum cartridge, do not try to pull the paper out forcefully
but refer to "Paper Jam in the Drum Cartridge," on p. 7-26.
IMPORTANT
• If you touch the inner drum with your hand or scratch it, the printing quality will be
degraded. Do not touch or open the drum protective shutter under any
circumstances. Be careful not to hold or touch sensitive areas such as the sensor
or electrical contacts. Doing so may damage the drum cartridge.
Drum Protective
Shutter
Troubleshooting
7
Sensor
• Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight or strong light.
Paper Jams
7-9
• Do not hold or touch the electrical contacts. Doing so may damage the drum
cartridge.
Electrical
Contacts
Electrical Contacts
• Do not hold or touch the transfer belt. Doing so will degrade the printing quality. Do
not jolt the drum cartridge memory or bring it near a magnetic field. Doing so may
damage the drum cartridge.
Drum Cartridge Memory
Transfer Belt
6
Troubleshooting
7
7-10
Paper Jams
Place the drum cartridge in the protective bag.
7
Press the green lock release lever a and pull out the jammed
paper b.
b
a
Take the drum cartridge out of the protective bag.
7
Troubleshooting
8
Paper Jams
7-11
9
Hold the drum cartridge with both hands and insert it into the
printer.
Align the triangular mark on the drum cartridge with the triangular mark on the
printer as you insert the drum cartridge a.
a
Lock the drum cartridge by pulling it down toward you b.
Troubleshooting
7
b
IMPORTANT
Firmly lock the drum cartridge until it is in the state shown in the figure.
7-12
Paper Jams
10 Close the top cover.
Hold the grip on the top cover and close it gently.
If a message continues to appear in the Printer Status Window about paper
jammed inside the printer when the top cover is closed, there is a possibility that
torn pieces of paper are still left inside the printer. Inspect each part of the printer
again, and completely remove all pieces of jammed paper.
Paper Jam Behind the Printer
CAUTION
The fuser unit becomes hot when the printer is in use. Be careful to avoid touch
the areas around the fuser unit. Doing so may cause burns.
Paper Jams
7-13
7
Troubleshooting
If the message [Paper Jam behind Printer] appears in the Printer Status Window,
remove the jammed paper using the following procedure.
1
2
Open the sub-output tray.
Tilt both the green pressure release levers on the left and
right side of the fuser unit towards you to release the pressure
in the fuser unit.
Troubleshooting
7
3
7-14
Paper Jams
Pull out any jammed paper.
4
Open the top cover.
Hold the grip on the top cover and open it until it stops.
Remove the drum cartridge from the printer.
Push the drum cartridge in the direction of the arrow a, and lift it straight up b.
a
7
Troubleshooting
5
b
Paper Jams
7-15
If paper is jammed in the drum cartridge, do not try to pull the paper out forcefully
but refer to "Paper Jam in the Drum Cartridge," on p. 7-26.
IMPORTANT
• If you touch the inner drum with your hand or scratch it, the printing quality will be
degraded. Do not touch or open the drum protective shutter under any
circumstances. Be careful not to hold or touch sensitive areas such as the sensor
or electrical contacts. Doing so may damage the drum cartridge.
Drum Protective
Shutter
Troubleshooting
7
Sensor
• Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight or strong light.
7-16
Paper Jams
• Do not hold or touch the electrical contacts. Doing so may damage the drum
cartridge.
Electrical
Contacts
Electrical Contacts
• Do not hold or touch the transfer belt. Doing so will degrade the printing quality. Do
not jolt the drum cartridge memory or bring it near a magnetic field. Doing so may
damage the drum cartridge.
Drum Cartridge Memory
Transfer Belt
7
Place the drum cartridge in the protective bag.
Troubleshooting
6
Paper Jams
7-17
7
Press the green lock release lever a and pull out the jammed
paper b.
b
a
IMPORTANT
If you could not find the jammed paper using the above procedures, it is possible
that the paper is jammed inside the fuser unit in the back of the printer. In this case,
skip steps 7 to 9 and follow step 10 (➞ p. 7-20) onwards to clear the jam. Do not
close the top cover of the printer while you follow these steps. Doing so may make
the paper jam even harder to clear. Once you have cleared the paper jam from
inside the fuser unit, follow steps 7 to 9 to install the drum cartridge.
8
Troubleshooting
7
7-18
Paper Jams
Take the drum cartridge out of the protective bag.
Hold the drum cartridge with both hands and insert it into the
printer.
Align the triangular mark on the drum cartridge with the triangular mark on the
printer as you insert the drum cartridge a.
a
Lock the drum cartridge by pulling it down toward you b.
7
Troubleshooting
9
b
IMPORTANT
Firmly lock the drum cartridge until it is in the state shown in the figure.
Paper Jams
7-19
10 Close the top cover.
Hold the grip on the top cover and close it gently.
If the paper jam message is still displayed after closing the top cover, proceed to
the following procedure.
11 If the paper jammed message is not cleared, press the power
switch to turn the printer off a, remove the USB cable b, and
disconnect the power plug from the power outlet c.
Troubleshooting
7
b
c
a
7-20
Paper Jams
CAUTION
The area around the fuser unit becomes hot when the printer is used. Make
sure the fuser unit is completely cool before performing the following
procedure. If you touch the fuser unit while it is still hot you may be
injured.
12 Return the green pressure release levers on the fuser unit to
their original positions.
Troubleshooting
7
13 Close the sub-output tray.
Paper Jams
7-21
14 Turn the two lock release levers located on the back of the
printer in the direction of the arrows to release the lock.
15 Hold the grip on the fuser unit and remove it.
Troubleshooting
7
CAUTION
The fuser unit weighs approximately 1.7 kg, and is heavier at the rear end.
Make sure you have a firm grip when you hold the fuser unit. If you drop
the fuser unit on your feet you may be injured.
Heavier on the back side
7-22
Paper Jams
16 Open the sub-output tray.
17 Tilt both the green pressure release levers on the left and
right side of the fuser unit towards you to release the pressure
in the fuser unit.
Troubleshooting
7
18 Pull out any jammed paper.
IMPORTANT
If the paper is completely wound around the fusing roller and is impossible to
remove, contact your Canon dealer.
Paper Jams
7-23
19 Return the green pressure release levers on the fuser unit to
their original positions.
20 Close the sub-output tray.
Troubleshooting
7
21 Hold the grip on the fuser unit and install it securely.
7-24
Paper Jams
22 Lock the fuser unit by turning the two lock release levers in
the directions of the arrows.
23 Connect the interface cables except for the USB cable, and
connect the power cord.
24 Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet.
25 Connect the USB cable.
Troubleshooting
7
26 Press the power switch to turn the printer on.
If a message continues to appear in the Printer Status Window about paper
jammed behind the printer when the printer is turned on, there is a possibility that
torn pieces of paper are still left inside the printer. Inspect each part of the printer
again, and completely remove all pieces of jammed paper.
Paper Jams
7-25
Paper Jam in the Drum Cartridge
If paper is jammed in the drum cartridge as shown in the figure, remove the
jammed paper using the following procedure.
1
Troubleshooting
7
7-26
Paper Jams
Turn the knob on the drum cartridge in the direction of the
arrow.
2
Lift the cover a and remove the jammed paper b.
a
b
IMPORTANT
Do not touch the transfer belt. Doing so will degrade the printing quality.
Transfer Belt
3
Return the cover to its original position a and turn the knob in
the direction of the arrow b.
b
a
Proceed to the next step to remove the jammed paper.
When removing paper jammed inside the printer ➞ Step 6 on p. 7-10
When removing paper jammed behind the printer ➞ Step 6 on p. 7-17
Paper Jams
7-27
Troubleshooting
7
Service Call
When the printer malfunctions and the problem cannot be resolved, the Alarm
indicator (red) illuminates and the following service call is displayed in the Printer
Status Window.
Light On
If the service call appears, cycle the power of the printer using the following
procedure. This may clear the message.
Troubleshooting
7
1
Turn the printer off, wait for 3 or more seconds, then turn the
printer on again.
OFF
ON
If the message does not reappear, continue using the printer as normal. If the
message reappears, proceed to the next step.
7-28
Service Call
2
3
Note down the error code displayed in the Printer Status
Window.
Press the power switch to turn the printer off a, remove the
USB cable b, and disconnect the power plug from the power
outlet c.
Troubleshooting
7
b
c
a
4
Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
When contacting your Canon dealer, please report the problems you
experienced and the error code that you wrote down.
Service Call
7-29
Print Quality Problems
If any problem occurs while you are using the printer, take the following measures
depending on the symptoms.
IMPORTANT
• If a message appears in the Printer Status Window, follow the directions in the message.
• In the case of a paper jam, refer to "Paper Jams," on p. 7-4.
• If a symptom occurs that is not mentioned in this section, or if none of the solutions listed
here solve the problem, or if you cannot determine the cause of the problem, contact
your local authorized Canon dealer.
White streaks appear.
7
Cause
The drum in the drum cartridge has deteriorated or is damaged.
Remedy
Replace the drum cartridge with a new one. (See "Replacing the Drum
Cartridge," on p. 5-18.)
Troubleshooting
Printed pages have white specks.
Cause 1
Paper is inappropriate.
Remedy
Replace the paper with one of the usable paper types and print again. (See
"Paper Requirements," on p. 2-2.)
Cause 2
Paper is damp because it was stored in a bad environment.
Remedy
Replace the paper with new paper and print again. (See "Paper Requirements,"
on p. 2-2.)
Cause 3
The drum in the drum cartridge has deteriorated.
Remedy
Replace the drum cartridge with a new one. (See "Replacing the Drum
Cartridge," on p. 5-18.)
Residual images appear on non-printed areas.
7-30
Cause 1
Printing paper is inappropriate.
Remedy
Change the paper or transparencies and print again. (See "Paper
Requirements," on p. 2-2.)
Print Quality Problems
Cause 2
The last printed page comes out dark in color.
Remedy
Set the [Special Print Mode] in the printer driver to [Special Settings 3]. If this
solves the problem, set the [Special Print Mode] back to [Off].
Update the [Special Print Mode] in the [Finishing Details] dialog box by clicking
[Finishing Details] in the [Finishing] sheet.
Cause 3
The paper is too thin.
Remedy 1 Set the [Paper Type] in the printer driver to [Plain Paper].
Open the [Paper Source] sheet to change the [Paper Type] setting.
Remedy 2 Set the [Special Print Mode] in the printer driver to [Special Settings 6]. If this
solves the problem, set the [Special Print Mode] back to [Off].
Update the [Special Print Mode] in the [Finishing Details] dialog box by clicking
[Finishing Details] in the [Finishing] sheet.
IMPORTANT
If none of the above actions solve the problem, the fuser unit is probably at the end of its
life. It is recommended that you replace the fuser unit. The life of the fuser unit when
printing A4 is approximately 50,000 pages.
Printouts appear faint overall.
The [Toner Density] setting is not appropriate.
Remedy
Drag the [Toner Density] slider in the printer driver toward [Dark].
Click [Details] in the [Quality] sheet and specify [Toner Density] in the [Details
Settings] dialog box.
Cause 2
[Use Toner Save] is selected.
Remedy
Remove the checkmark from [Use Toner Save] in the printer driver.
Click [Details] in the [Quality] sheet and specify [Use Toner Save] in the [Details
Settings] dialog box.
Printout appear dark overall.
Cause 1
The [Toner Density] setting is not appropriate.
Remedy
Drag the [Toner Density] slider in the printer driver toward [Light].
Click [Details] in the [Quality] sheet and specify [Toner Density] in the [Details
Settings] dialog box.
Cause 2
The printer is exposed to direct sunlight or strong light.
Remedy
Move the printer to a location that is not exposed to direct sunlight or strong
light. Alternatively, separate the printer from the source of the strong light.
Print Quality Problems
7-31
Troubleshooting
7
Cause 1
The printing is uneven.
Cause 1
Paper is too moist or too dry.
Remedy
Replace the paper with new paper and print again. (See "Paper Requirements,"
on p. 2-2.)
Cause 2
The toner cartridge is nearing the end of its life.
Remedy
Open the [Consumables/Counters] dialog box, and replace the toner cartridge
that is almost empty with a new cartridge. (See "Replacing Toner Cartridges,"
on p. 5-2.)
The front or back of printouts are stained with black dots.
Cause
The fixing roller is dirty.
Remedy
Clean the fixing roller. (See "Cleaning the Fixing Roller," on p. 5-34.)
Toner blots are making longitudinal streaks (in the direction of paper outputted).
Cause 1
Paper is damp because it was stored in a bad environment.
Remedy
Replace the paper with new paper and print again. (See "Paper Requirements,"
on p. 2-2.)
Cause 2
Paper is inappropriate.
Remedy
Replace the paper with paper that can be used with this printer. (See "Paper
Requirements," on p. 2-2.)
Troubleshooting
7
IMPORTANT
If none of the above actions solve the problem, the fuser unit is probably at the end of its
life. It is recommended that you replace the fuser unit. The life of the fuser unit when
printing A4 is approximately 50,000 pages.
Smudge marks of spattered toner appear around the text.
7-32
Cause 1
Paper is inappropriate.
Remedy
Replace the paper with one of the usable paper types and print again. (See
"Paper Requirements," on p. 2-2.)
Cause 2
The printer is installed in a dry environment.
Remedy
Set the [Special Print Mode] in the printer driver to [Special Settings 2]. If this
solves the problem, set the [Special Print Mode] back to [Off].
Update the [Special Print Mode] in the [Finishing Details] dialog box by clicking
[Finishing Details] in the [Finishing] sheet.
Print Quality Problems
Spots or streaks appear on black parts of the printed images.
Cause
The printer is installed in a humid environment.
Remedy
Set the [Special Print Mode] in the printer driver to [Special Settings 4]. If this
solves the problem, set the [Special Print Mode] back to [Off].
Update the [Special Print Mode] in the [Finishing Details] dialog box by clicking
[Finishing Details] in the [Finishing] sheet.
Images in which two or more colors are overlaid come out faint.
Cause 1
Paper is inappropriate.
Remedy
Replace the paper with paper that can be used with this printer. (See "Paper
Requirements," on p. 2-2.)
Cause 2
The printer is installed in a humid environment.
Remedy
Set the [Special Print Mode] in the printer driver to [Special Settings 8]. If this
solves the problem, set the [Special Print Mode] back to [Off].
Update the [Special Print Mode] in the [Finishing Details] dialog box by clicking
[Finishing Details] in the [Finishing] sheet.
Streaks appear in the gradated portions when printing a figure with gradations.
Gray compensation is used in the gray color portions of the "streaks" in the
graphic.
Remedy
Set [Use Pure Black] to [Never] in the printer driver.
Specify [Use Pure Black] in the [Details Settings] dialog box by clicking the
[Details] in the [Quality] sheet.
7
Troubleshooting
Cause
A portion of a page did not print.
Cause 1
The scale factor is incorrect.
Remedy 1 Clear the checkmark from [Manual Scaling] in the printer driver. When this
checkbox is cleared, the scaling factor is automatically determined based on the
[Page Size] and [Output Size] settings.
Open the [Page Setup] sheet to change the [Manual Scaling] setting.
Remedy 2 Select [Manual Scaling] in the printer driver and enter an appropriate scale
factor according to the paper size to be used.
Open the [Page Setup] sheet to change the [Manual Scaling] setting.
Print Quality Problems
7-33
Cause 2
The paper is not loaded in the correct position.
Remedy
Load the paper properly. (See "Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray," on p. 2-15,
"Printing from the Paper Cassette," on p. 2-34.)
Cause 3
A document with no margins was printed.
Remedy
Data cannot be printed within a 5 mm margin (10 mm for envelopes) on all sides
of the paper. Therefore, you should secure a margin of 5 mm or more (10 mm
or more for envelopes) around the data.
Print position is offset.
7
Cause 1
The [Gutter] is configured.
Remedy
Set the [Gutter] in the printer driver to [0].
Click [Gutter] in the [Finishing] sheet and specify [Gutter] in the [Gutter Settings]
dialog box.
Cause 2
The "Top Margin" and "Paper Position" settings in the application are not
configured properly.
Remedy
Update the [Top Margin] and [Paper Position] settings in the application.
(➞ Refer to the instruction manual supplied with your application.)
Troubleshooting
The next page is printed from halfway through the previous page.
Cause
The [Line Spacing] or [Lines/Page] settings in the application are incorrect.
Remedy
Update the [Line Spacing] and [Lines/Page] in the application so that data fits
onto one page and print again. (➞ Refer to the instruction manual supplied with
your application.)
Nothing is printed on the paper.
7-34
Cause 1
The toner cartridge was installed with the sealing tape still attached.
Remedy
Remove the toner cartridge, pull away the sealing tape, and reinstall the
cartridge. (See "Replacing Toner Cartridges," on p. 5-2.)
Cause 2
Multiple sheets of paper were fed at the same time.
Remedy
Line up the edges of the paper then re-load it in the paper cassette or the
multi-purpose tray. In the case on transparencies, fun through the paper well
then re-load it. (See "Printing from the Multi-purpose Tray," on p. 2-15, "Printing
from the Paper Cassette," on p. 2-34.)
Print Quality Problems
Paper comes out completely black.
Cause
The drum in the drum cartridge has deteriorated.
Remedy
Replace the drum cartridge with new one. (See "Replacing the Drum
Cartridge," on p. 5-18.)
Toner does not fix onto paper completely.
Cause 1
Paper is inappropriate.
Remedy
Replace the paper with paper that can be used with this printer. (See "Paper
Requirements," on p. 2-2.)
Cause 2
Coarse paper is being used.
Remedy 1 Change the [Paper Type] in the printer driver to [Heavy Paper].
Open the [Paper Source] sheet to change the [Paper Type] setting.
Remedy 2 Set the [Special Print Mode] in the printer driver to [Special Settings 5]. If this
solves the problem, set the [Special Print Mode] back to [Off].
Update the [Special Print Mode] in the [Finishing Details] dialog box by clicking
[Finishing Details] in the [Finishing] sheet.
Colored lines and text come out faint.
Cause
Thin lines or text are being used.
Remedy
Check [Prioritize Printing of Colored Lines and Text] in the printer driver.
Update [Prioritize Printing of Colored Lines and Text] in the [Details Settings]
dialog box by clicking [Details] in the [Quality] sheet.
Colored text appears to be blurred.
Cause
A bold font is being used for the colored text.
Remedy
Select [Perceptual [Monitor Color Matched]] for [Matching Method] in the printer
driver.
Specify [Matching Method] in the [Matching] sheet by checking [Manual Color
Settings] in the [Quality] sheet and clicking [Color Settings].
Print Quality Problems
7-35
7
Troubleshooting
IMPORTANT
If none of the above actions solve the problem, the fuser unit is probably at the end of its
life. It is recommended that you replace the fuser unit. The life of the fuser unit when
printing A4 is approximately 50,000 pages.
Data is not printed in the correct color (specified color), or colored text appears blurred due
to color deviation.
Cause 1
One of the four color-cartridges is almost out of toner, or the cartridge has
deteriorated.
Remedy 1 Perform a calibration. (See "Calibrating the Printer," on p. 5-31.)
Remedy 2 Open the [Consumables/Counters] dialog box, and replace the toner cartridge
that is almost empty with a new cartridge. (See "Replacing Toner Cartridges,"
on p. 5-2.)
Cause 2
Paper is inappropriate.
Remedy
Replace the paper with paper that can be used with this printer. (See "Paper
Requirements," on p. 2-2.)
Cause 3
Data was sent before completing calibration, such as when the printer was first
turned on.
Remedy
Make sure that the Ready lamp is on before sending data to the printer.
The colors of thin lines or filled-in patterns are different from the specified colors, or do not
appear at all.
7
Troubleshooting
Cause 1
Some colors cannot be reproduced due to the combination of colors or
patterns.
Remedy 1 Adjust the colors in the application and print again.
Remedy 2 Change the patterns with the application and print again.
Cause 2
The color may appear different depending on the fill-pattern.
Remedy
Readjust to a darker color and print again.
Fill-patterns are not printed in the correct color (specified color).
Cause
The fill-pattern of the print data and the dither pattern of the printer are
interfering with one another.
Remedy 1 Do not specify a fill-pattern in the application and print again.
Remedy 2 Change the [Color Halftones] setting in the printer driver to [Gradation] or [Color
Tone].
Specify [Color Halftones] in the [Details Settings] dialog box by clicking [Details]
in the [Quality] sheet.
7-36
Print Quality Problems
The displayed color and printed color differ when printing photos, etc.
Cause
The method for adjusting color on the screen (RGB) and in the printer (YMCK)
is different. Therefore, there may be cases when the color on the screen cannot
be printed out exactly as it appears.
Remedy 1 Select [Perceptual [Monitor Color Matched]] for [Matching Method] in the printer
driver.
Specify [Matching Method] in the [Matching] sheet by checking [Manual Color
Settings] in the [Quality] sheet and clicking [Color Settings].
Remedy 2 Adjust [Gamma] in the printer driver.
Specify [Gamma] in the [Matching] sheet by checking [Manual Color Settings] in
the [Quality] sheet and clicking [Color Settings].
Troubleshooting
7
Print Quality Problems
7-37
Paper Problems
Paper comes out wrinkled.
7
Cause 1
Paper is not loaded properly in the paper cassette installed in the optional
250-sheet paper feeder.
Remedy
Load paper in the paper cassette properly. (See "Printing from the Paper
Cassette," on p. 2-34.)
Cause 2
Paper is loaded in the multi-purpose tray at an angle.
Remedy
Load the paper in the multi-purpose tray straight. (See "Printing from the
Multi-purpose Tray," on p. 2-15.)
Cause 3
Paper is damp because it was stored in a bad environment.
Remedy
Replace the paper with new paper and print again. (See "Paper Requirements,"
on p. 2-2.)
Troubleshooting
IMPORTANT
If none of the above actions solve the problem, the fuser unit is probably at the end of its
life. It is recommended that you replace the fuser unit. The life of the fuser unit when
printing A4 is approximately 50,000 pages.
Paper curls.
7-38
Cause 1
Paper is damp because it was stored in a bad environment.
Remedy
Replace the paper with new paper and print again. (See "Paper Requirements,"
on p. 2-2.)
Cause 2
Paper is inappropriate.
Remedy
Replace the paper with paper that can be used with this printer. (See "Paper
Requirements," on p. 2-2.)
Cause 3
Paper was output in the output tray.
Remedy
If you are using paper that curls easily, change the output destination to the
sub-output tray. (See "Output Tray Selection," on p. 2-14.)
Paper Problems
Cause 4
The paper is too thin.
Remedy 1 Set the [Paper Type] in the printer driver to [Plain Paper].
Open the [Paper Source] sheet to change the [Paper Type] setting.
Remedy 2 Set the [Special Print Mode] in the printer driver to [Special Settings 6]. If this
solves the problem, set the [Special Print Mode] back to [Off].
Update the [Special Print Mode] in the [Finishing Details] dialog box by clicking
[Finishing Details] in the [Finishing] sheet.
White dust is attached to the printed transparencies.
Cause
The transparencies were printed just after another type of paper was printed
continuously.
Remedy
If you print transparencies after printing continuously on normal paper, paper
dust may adhere to the transparencies when they are output. If this is the case,
use a soft cloth to wipe off the paper dust.
Troubleshooting
7
Paper Problems
7-39
When Nothing is Printed
Check the following items if nothing prints when printing from an application:
1
Check if any error messages are displayed in the Printer
Status Window.
IMPORTANT
If not, uninstall the CAPT software and install it again. (See "Uninstalling the CAPT
Software," on p. 3-81.)
2
Print a test page.
Click [Print Test Page] in the [General] sheet in the [Printer Properties] dialog
box.
■ If the test page prints correctly
7
Troubleshooting
You can print from the CAPT software. To check the application software, check that all of
the printer settings are configured appropriately.
■ If the test page does not print
Uninstall the CAPT software, reinstall it, and print a test page again. (See "Uninstalling the
CAPT Software," on p. 3-81.)
7-40
When Nothing is Printed
Installation Problems
If the "USB Class Driver" and "LBP5200 Printer Driver" cannot be installed properly,
perform the following procedure to check for problems.
The [Canon Printer Uninstaller]
is listed in [All Programs]
([Programs] on Windows 98/Me/
2000) on the [Start] menu.
[Canon LBP5200] is listed in
[Add or Remove Programs]
([Add/Remove Programs]
on Windows 98/Me/2000).
Uninstall the USB Class Driver
➞Chapter 7: Uninstalling the USB
Class Driver (p.7-44)
No
Yes
No
If you could
not uninstall
Uninstall using the uninstaller
➞Chapter 3: Uninstalling the CAPT
Software (p.3-81)
Yes
Delete [Canon LBP5200] from
[Add or Remove Programs]
([Add/Remove Programs] on
Windows 98/Me/2000).
Reinstall
➞Chapter 3: Installing the CAPT
Software (p.3-5)
➞Chapter 7: If Uninstallation Fails
(p.7-42)
Reinstall
If you could
not install
Uninstall using the uninstaller
Reinstall
7
➞Chapter 3: Installing the CAPT
Software (p.3-5)
Troubleshooting
➞Chapter 3: Installing the CAPT
Software (p.3-5)
If you could
not install
➞Chapter 3: Uninstalling the CAPT
Software (p.3-81)
The [Canon Printer Uninstaller]
is listed in [All Programs]
([Programs] on Windows
98/Me/2000) on the [Start]
menu.
No
[Canon LBP5200] is listed in [Add or
Remove Programs] ([Add/Remove
Programs] on Windows 98/Me/2000).
Yes
Yes
Uninstall using the uninstaller
➞Chapter 3: Uninstalling the CAPT
Software (p.3-81)
If you could
not uninstall
No
Delete [Canon LBP5200] from
[Add or Remove Programs]
([Add/Remove Programs] on
Windows 98/Me/2000).
➞Chapter 7: If Uninstallation Fails
(p.7-42)
Uninstall the USB Class Driver
➞Chapter 7: Uninstalling the USB
Class Driver (p.7-44)
Reinstall
➞Chapter 3: Installing the CAPT
Software (p.3-5)
Installation Problems
7-41
If Uninstallation Fails
If you cannot uninstall the CAPT software using the Uninstaller that was created
during installation, use the following procedure to uninstall the CAPT software from
[Add/Remove Programs] ([Add or Remove Programs] for Windows XP/Server 2003).
1
From the [Start] menu, select [Control Panel], and then click
[Add or Remove Programs].
For Windows 98/Me/2000: From the [Start] menu, select [Settings] ➞ [Control
Panel], and then click [Add/Remove Programs].
2
Select the [Canon LBP5200] in the [Add or Remove Programs]
dialog box, then click [Change/Remove].
For Windows 2000: Select the [Canon LBP5200] in the [Add/Remove Programs]
dialog box, then click [Change/Remove].
For Windows 98/Me: Select the [Canon LBP5200] in the [Add/Remove Programs
Properties] dialog box, then click [Add/Remove].
Troubleshooting
7
NOTE
If the [Canon LBP5200] is not displayed in the [Add or Remove Programs] dialog
box (the [Add/Remove Programs] dialog box for Windows 98/Me/2000), perform
"Uninstalling the USB Class Driver," on p. 7-44, then install the CAPT software
again.
7-42
Installation Problems
3
Select the name of this printer, then click [Delete].
4
Click [Yes].
The uninstallation process begins. Please wait a moment.
7
Click [Exit].
Troubleshooting
5
The [Delete Printer] dialog box closes.
6
Restart Windows.
Installation Problems
7-43
Uninstalling the USB Class Driver
Uninstalling the USB class driver is required when you cannot install the CAPT
software properly after uninstalling it once or when you cannot uninstall the CAPT
software.
1
2
Make sure that the computer is connected to the printer with
the USB cable and that the printer is turned on.
From the [Start] menu, select [Control Panel], and then click
[Add or Remove Programs].
For Windows 98/Me/2000: From the [Start] menu, select [Settings] ➞ [Control
Panel], and then click [Add/Remove Programs].
3
Make sure that [Canon LBP5200] does not appear in the [Add
or Remove Programs] dialog box, and then click [ ].
For Windows 98/Me/2000: Make sure that [Canon LBP5200] does not appear in
the [Add/Remove Programs] dialog box, and then click [
].
Troubleshooting
7
7-44
Installation Problems
NOTE
If [Canon LBP5200] is displayed in the [Add or Remove Programs] dialog box (the
[Add/Remove Programs] dialog box for Windows 98/Me/2000), refer to "If
Uninstallation Fails," on p. 7-42 to delete [Canon LBP5200] from the [Add or
Remove Programs] dialog box (the [Add/Remove Programs] dialog box for
Windows 98/Me/2000).
From the [Start] menu, select [Control Panel], and then click
[Performance and Maintenance] ➞ [System].
For Windows 98/Me/2000: From the [Start] menu, select [Settings] ➞ [Control
Panel], and then double-click the [System] icon.
7
Troubleshooting
4
Installation Problems
7-45
5
Click [Hardware] ➞ [Device Manager], and then double-click
[Universal Serial Bus controllers].
For Windows 98/Me: Open the [System Properties] dialog box, click the [Device
Manager] tab, and then double-click [Universal Serial Bus controllers].
6
7
Select [USB Printing Support], then select [Uninstall] in the
[Action] menu.
Troubleshooting
On Windows 98 select [Canon LBP5200] and on Windows Me, select [Canon
CAPT USB Device], and then click [Remove].
IMPORTANT
• You cannot install properly if the USB class driver is listed under [Other Devices].
Depending on your OS, select [Canon LBP5200], [Canon CAPT USB Printer] or
[Unknown Device] and delete it.
7-46
Installation Problems
• Do not delete any other devices or device drivers. If you delete the wrong thing by
mistake, Windows may not be able to startup properly.
• If the USB class driver is not installed properly, [USB Printing Support] (for
Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003), [Canon CAPT USB Device] (for Windows Me), or
[Canon LBP5200] (for Windows 98) is not displayed.
7
8
When the [Confirm Device Removal] dialog box appears, click
[OK].
Click [Close].
[System Properties] closes.
Disconnect the USB cable from the computer, then restart
Windows.
7
After Windows restarts, reinstall the CAPT software. (See "Installing the CAPT
Software," on p. 3-5.)
Problems During Local Installation
When installing the printer driver from the CD-ROM, the printer is not recognized
automatically even after the USB cable is connected.
Cause 1
The USB cable was already connected and the printer turned on before
installing the printer driver.
Remedy
Turn the printer off and disconnect the USB cable. Then, reconnect the USB
cable again and turn the printer on.
Cause 2
The printer is turned off.
Remedy
Turn the printer on.
Installation Problems
7-47
Troubleshooting
9
Cause 3
The USB cable is not connected properly.
Remedy
Make sure that the printer and computer are connected with the USB cable
properly.
Cause 4
An unsuitable USB cable is being used.
Remedy
Use a USB cable that matches the USB interface on the printer. The USB
interface on this printer is USB 2.0 High-Speed (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
only), USB Full-Speed (USB 1.1 equivalent).
[Local printer attached to this computer]* cannot be selected in the [Add Printer Wizard]
dialog box (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003).
Cause
Installation was performed by a user who is not a member of the Administrators
group.
Remedy
CAPT (Canon Advanced Printing Technology) software needs to be installed by
a member of the Administrators group. Have a user with the correct permissions
install the software.
* On Windows 2000, this becomes [Local Printer].
Problems sharing the printer
7
Troubleshooting
The print server to connect to cannot be found.
7-48
Cause 1
The print server has not been started up.
Remedy
Start up the print server.
Cause 2
The printer is not configured as a shared printer.
Remedy
Update the printer as a shared printer in the [Printer Properties] dialog box.
Cause 3
The user does not have permission to access the print server or printer.
Remedy
Ask your network administrator to change the user permissions.
Installation Problems
Miscellaneous Problems
The LBP5200 does not function properly.
Cause 1
The LBP5200 is not configured as the default printer.
Remedy
Set it to be the default printer.
Cause 2
The CAPT software may not be installed properly.
Remedy
To check whether the CAPT software is installed correctly or not, try printing
from an application. If this does not print correctly, try uninstalling and
re-installing the CAPT software. (See "Uninstalling the CAPT Software," on p.
3-81, "Installing the CAPT Software," on p. 3-5.)
CD-ROM Setup does not appear automatically.
The [Always Display when CD is Inserted] option is not selected in CD-ROM
Setup.
Remedy
Right-click on the CD-ROM drive in [My Computer] and select [Open] to start
CD-ROM Setup manually. Select [Always Display when CD is Inserted].
Cause 2
[Auto Insert Notification] is not selected. (Windows 98/Me only)
Remedy
Open the properties of the CD-ROM drive in [Device Manager] and select [Auto
Insert Notification] in the [Settings] sheet.
A "File not found on CD-ROM" error occurs when starting the CD-ROM Setup.
Cause
The program is running from the hard disk.
Remedy
Browse [CNAC3MNU.EXE] using the browse function of your computer, delete
the CNAC3MNU.EXE file from the hard disk, and then start up CD-ROM Setup
from the supplied CD-ROM "LBP5200 User Software".
Miscellaneous Problems
7-49
7
Troubleshooting
Cause 1
When you are using a shared printer from your computer, it takes a long time to update the
status on the Printer Status Window.
Cause
Your print server is installed with an operating system equipped with Windows
Firewall, such as Windows XP Service Pack 2, and Windows Firewall is blocking
communication with client computers.
Remedy
Start the print server and clear the block from Windows Firewall that is blocking
communication with the client computers. (See "Windows Firewall," on p. 8-14.)
Troubleshooting
7
7-50
Miscellaneous Problems
Appendix
8
CHAPTER
This chapter describes the specifications of the printer along with related terms, index,
maintenance services, and the method for upgrading the software.
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Hardware Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
Software Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
Dimensions of Each Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
About Color Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
The Three Primary Colors of Light and Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
Method for Expressing Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8
About Color Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
Achieving More Beautiful Color Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
NetSpot Device Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
NetSpot Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Windows Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Configuring Windows Firewall to unblock communication with client computers . . . . . . . . . . .8-14
Configuring Windows Firewall to block communication with client computers . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Location of the Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
8-1
Specifications
Appendix
Hardware Specifications
Type
Desktop Page Printer
Printing method
Electrophoto Method (On-demand fixing)
Print speed
Plain paper (64 to 105 g/m2)
When printing A4 continuously
B&W 19 pages/min.
Color 4 pages/min.
* The printing speed drops in steps depending on the
paper size, paper type, number of pages printed, and
fixing mode settings. (This is a safety feature that
prevents damage due to heat.)
Warm-up time
0 second (120 seconds or less when the printer is on)
First print time
Black and White: Approx. 17.6 seconds
Color:
Approx. 26.8 seconds
* Time from when print data is received.
8
Paper Size
A4, B5, A5, Legal, Letter, Executive, Envelope DL,
Envelope COM10, Envelope C5, Envelope Monarch,
Multi-purpose
Envelope B5, Index Card, Custom Paper Size (width
Tray
76.2 to 215.9 mm, height 127.0 to 355.6 mm)
Paper capacity: Approx. 125 sheets (64 g/m2)
Cassette 1
(Optional)
A4, B5, A5, Legal, Letter, Executive
Paper capacity: Approx. 250 sheets (64 g/m2)
Finishing
Face-down / Face-up
Output capacity
Output tray (face-down): Approx. 125 sheets (64 g/m2)
Sub-output tray (face-up): 1 sheet
Audio Power Level
During standby:
Background noise level
Noise
During operation: 6.8 B or less
(Sound value released based
Sound pressure level (Bystander position)
on ISO9296)
During operation: 54 dB [A] or less
8-2
Operating environment
(Printer unit only)
Operating environment temperature:
10 to 30°C (50 to 86°F)
Humidity: 10 to 80% RH (no condensation)
Storage environment
(Printer unit only)
Storing environment temperature: 0 to 35°C (32 to 95°F)
Humidity: 35 to 85% RH (no condensation)
Specifications
User interface
4 LED indicators
1 Operation key
Expansion Slot
1
Power Supply
100 to 127 V (±10%) 50/60 Hz (± 2 Hz)
220 to 240 V (±10%) 50/60 Hz (± 2 Hz)
Power consumption
(20°C or 68°F)
100 to 127 V
Average during operation: Approx. 444 W*1
Average during standby: Approx. 10.6 W*1
Maximum: 1188 W*2 or less
220 to 240 V
Average during operation: Approx. 405 W*1
Average during standby: Approx. 13.7 W*1
Maximum: 1465 W*3 or less
*1 The values are for when the printer is in a normal
condition.
*2 Power consumption is 1198 W or less when all
optional equipments are installed. However, the
momentum peak when the printer is turned ON is
excluded.
*3 Power consumption is 1475 W or less when all
optional equipments are installed. However, the
momentum peak when the printer is turned ON is
excluded.
Specifications
Appendix
Host interface
USB interface
* Windows 98/Me: USB Full-Speed (USB1.1 equivalent)
* Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003: USB 2.0 Hi-Speed/
USB Full-Speed (USB1.1 equivalent)
8
8-3
Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge 701 Black
Printable pages: Approx. 5,000 pages*
* For A4 or Letter size paper at 5% page coverage
using the factory default print density setting.
Toner
Cartridge
Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge 701 Yellow
Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge 701 Magenta
Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge 701 Cyan
Printable pages: Approx. 4,000 pages*
* For A4 or Letter size paper at 5% page coverage
using the factory default print density setting.
Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge 701L Yellow
Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge 701L Magenta
Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge 701L Cyan
Printable pages: Approx. 2,000 pages*
* For A4 or Letter size paper at 5% page coverage
using the factory default print density setting.
Drum
Cartridge
Canon Genuine Drum Cartridge 701
Printable pages:
Color Approx. 5,000 pages*1
B&W Approx. 20,000 pages*2
*1 For A4 or Letter size paper
*2 Page counts are measured under Canon standard
testing conditions, with continuous printing on A4 size
plain paper. Depending on the intermittency of
printing, paper types and paper sizes, the number of
pages you can print may be half this number. (Printing
intermittency refers to a constant fixed delay between
prints. )
The following is a rough guide to drum cartridge
lifetimes under intermittent printing:
For groups of 4 pages: Approx. 19,000 pages
For groups of 2 pages: Approx. 13,500 sheets
Fuser Unit
Canon Genuine Fuser KIT UM-96
Printable pages: Approx. 50,000 pages*
* For A4 size paper
Appendix
Consumables
8
8-4
Specifications
Main Printer
Unit and
Included
Parts
Toner Cartridge (Canon Genuine Parts) (each)
..........................................................Approx. 0.8 kg*1
Drum Cartridge (Canon Genuine Parts)
..........................................................Approx. 2.5 kg*2
Fuser Unit (Canon Genuine Parts)....Approx. 1.7 kg*3
250-sheet Paper Feeder ...................Approx. 2.5 kg
*1 When the toner cartridges are one of the following
genuine Canon parts:
Toner Cartridge 701 Black
Consumables
Toner Cartridge 701 Yellow
and Optional
Toner Cartridge 701L Yellow
Accessories
Toner Cartridge 701 Magenta
Toner Cartridge 701L Magenta
Toner Cartridge 701 Cyan
Toner Cartridge 701L Cyan
*2 When the drum cartridge is one of the following
genuine Canon parts:
Drum Cartridge 701
*3 When the fuser unit is one of the following genuine
Canon parts:
Fuser KIT UM-96
Appendix
Weight
Main Printer Unit ...............................Approx. 17 kg*
Toner Cartridges (each) ....................Approx. 0.8 kg
Drum Cartridge .................................Approx. 2.5 kg
Fuser Unit..........................................Approx. 1.7 kg
* Excluding the toner and drum cartridges
8
Software Specifications
Printing software
CAPT (Canon Advanced Printing Technology)
Printable area
No printing within 5.0 mm of the top, bottom, left and right
edges of the paper. (10 mm for envelopes).
Specifications
8-5
Dimensions of Each Part
■ Printer
Installation
108
451
228
325
482
Top Cover
Sub-Output Tray
Multi-purpose Tray
(mm)
(mm)
Page Paper Feeder Installed
108
451
228
Top Cover
376
482
8
282
Appendix
• 250
282
• Standard
Sub-Output Tray
Multi-purpose Tray
(mm)
(mm)
■ 250-sheet Paper Feeder
437.5
482
85
(mm)
8-6
Dimensions of Each Part
99
(mm)
About Color Printing
This section describes the fundamentals of colors and the way this printer
reproduces colors.
The Three Primary Colors of Light and Color
The colors that you see on a computer screen are reproduced from the three basic
colors red, green and blue. The 3 primary colors of light, which are red, green and
blue, can be combined to give white (additive color mixing).
Green
Appendix
White
Red
Blue
A color printer, however, does not use the 3 primary colors of light, but uses the
same 3 primary colors as used in paintings to reproduce colors. If the 3 primary
colors of paint, C (cyan), M (magenta) and Y (yellow) are mixed together, the
resulting color is black (subtractive color mixing).
8
Black
C
M
Y
About Color Printing
8-7
The three primary colors of light and color are thus in a complementary color
relationship.
The red in light and cyan in color, green in light and magenta in color, and blue in
light and yellow in color complement one another.
Red
C
Complementary
Colors
Green
Blue
M
Y
Method for Expressing Color
Appendix
Creating colors for painting involves mixing the colors on a palette to get a match. In
a computer display and printer, it is not possible to mix colors to match in the same
way as paints, so colors are reproduced by groups of colored dots.
8
Paints
Monitors and Printers
On the computer display, various colors are reproduced by the intensity of three
red, green, and blue dots.
Color Bar
8-8
About Color Printing
In the case of a printer, it is not possible to change the intensity of toner colors.
Because of this, a much larger number of dots are used compared to a computer
display, and various colors are reproduced by adding K (black) to the C (cyan), M
(magenta) and Y (yellow). This means that higher resolution color prints are
possible the smaller these dots are.
Color Bar
About Color Printing
Appendix
In color printing, the shape and color of images are expressed in groups of minute
cyan, magenta, yellow, and black dots.
Therefore, image data input to the printer is divided into cyan, magenta, yellow, and
black.
8
Y
M
C
K
The data is reproduced separately on the light sensitive drum for each toner color,
and the toner is transferred onto an intermediate transfer medium.
Data
K
Photosensitive Drum
Intermediate Transfer Belt
C M Y
M
Y
K
Once the data for all 4 colors
has been transferred onto the
intermediate transfer belt, the
paper is fed through the printer
and the page is printed.
C
The toner color
changes each time
the intermediate
transfer belt
rotates.
Rotates 4 times
About Color Printing
8-9
The data for all four colors is then transferred onto paper, and the paper passes
through the fuser unit and is output.
Achieving More Beautiful Color Printing
If the color in the print are not as expected, or the image quality is low, or the
printout takes a long time, the printer performance is halved. By making minor
adjustments and taking a little bit of care, we can make sure we get 100% out of the
printer.
■ Adjusting the color on the display
Appendix
Colors that you can see on the computer display are not limited to true colors. If we
perform a color print based on the colors we can see on the computer display with the aim
of matching those colors, the printed colors will be a little different.
Use the color samples or color adjustment tools that come with the application software to
adjust the displayed colors to the colors that are actually printed.
8
8-10
About Color Printing
■ Adjusting the resolution
It doesn't matter how high the resolution of printing data is, you cannot get better picture
quality than the resolution of the printer. A resolution of 600 dpi at printer sizes is
sufficient. If the resolution of print data is too high, print processing will take a large
amount of time, and the data size will also grow. Conversely, if the data resolution is too
low, you cannot achieve sufficient image quality.
Check the dimensions and resolution of print data using an image processing application,
and set the resolution to 300 dpi or 200 dpi.
200dpi
600dpi
■ Selecting a print mode according to the document content
Reports and presentation material based on text and simple diagrams and black and
white documents that do not use color do not need high image quality and can be printed
using normal gradation. By changing to the mode for these documents, high-speed
printing can be achieved. To print color photographs and complex illustrations clearly, data
is printed with a high level of gradation. By categorizing modes based on the data, data
can be printed more efficiently.
NOTE
For details on gradation, refer to "Specifying the Print Quality," on p. 4-56.
About Color Printing
8-11
Appendix
300dpi
8
NetSpot Device Installer
The supplied CD-ROM includes the "NetSpot Device Installer", which is a utility that
can initialize the settings of a printer connected to the network. The NetSpot Device
Installer allows you to easily initialize the settings of printers connected to the
network.
For detailed information on the NetSpot Device Installer, refer to the users manual
included with the network board (AXIS 1611).
Appendix
NOTE
Depending on the CD-ROM supplied, NetSpot Device Installer may not be included. If
NetSpot Device Installer is not included on the supplied CD-ROM, you can download it
from the Canon website.
8
8-12
NetSpot Device Installer
NetSpot Console
NetSpot Console is a utility program for administrating printers that are connected
to the network. NetSpot Console allows you to view a list of printers, display a
printer map, modify detailed protocol settings, monitor printer states, perform job
operations, and configure and view a variety of printer information using a web
browser.
Refer to the "Netspot Console User's Guide" for details on NetSpot Console.
Appendix
NOTE
You can download NetSpot Console and "NetSpot Console User's Guide" from the
Canon website.
8
NetSpot Console
8-13
Windows Firewall
Windows Firewall is a feature of Windows XP Service Pack 2 and other operating
systems that protects your computer by blocking unauthorized access over the
network.
If your print server is installed with an operating system equipped with Windows
Firewall, you need to configure Windows Firewall to unblock communication
between the print server and client computers.
This section explains how to use the [CAPT Windows Firewall Utility] to configure
Windows Firewall to unblock or block communication with client computers.
Appendix
WARNING
8
If you want to copy the [CAPT Windows Firewall Utility] to your hard disk to run
it, copy all of the files (CNAC3FW.EXE, CAPTRGFW.DLL, CNAC3FW.INI) from the
[WF_UTIL] folder on the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM to your
hard disk.
Configuring Windows Firewall to unblock communication
with client computers
1
Insert the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into
the CD-ROM drive.
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].
2
3
Select [My Computer] from the [Start] menu, then right-click
on the CD-ROM icon and select [Open] from the popup menu.
Double-click [English], then [WF_UTIL], then [CNAC3FW.EXE].
The [CAPT Windows Firewall Utility] starts.
IMPORTANT
You can also start the utility by selecting [Run] from the [Start] menu, then entering
"D:\English\WF_UTIL\CNAC3FW.EXE" and clicking [OK]. (In this case the
CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:". The actual CD-ROM drive letter
may be different depending on the computer you are using.)
8-14
Windows Firewall
4
Click [Unblock].
NOTE
You cannot click [Unblock] if the firewall is already configured to unblock
communication with client computers.
Click [OK].
Appendix
5
8
Windows Firewall
8-15
Appendix
NOTE
To verify that the Windows Firewall block has been properly cleared, select [Control
Panel] from the [Start] menu, then click [Network and Internet Connections] ➞
[Windows Firewall].
Confirm that there is a checkmark next to [Canon LBP5200 RPC Server Process]
on the [Exceptions] sheet in the [Windows Firewall] dialog box.
8
Windows Firewall is now configured to unblock communication with client computers.
Configuring Windows Firewall to block communication
with client computers
1
Insert the supplied "LBP5200 User Software" CD-ROM into
the CD-ROM drive.
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].
2
3
Select [My Computer] from the [Start] menu, then right-click
on the CD-ROM icon and select [Open] from the popup menu.
Double-click [English], then [WF_UTIL], then [CNAC3FW.EXE].
The [CAPT Windows Firewall Utility] starts.
8-16
Windows Firewall
IMPORTANT
You can also start the utility by selecting [Run...] from the [Start] menu, then
entering "D:\English\WF_UTIL\CNAC3FW.EXE" and clicking [OK]. (In this case the
CD-ROM drive is assumed to be assigned to "D:". The actual CD-ROM drive letter
may be different depending on the computer you are using.)
5
Click [Block].
NOTE
You cannot click [Block] if the firewall is already configured to block communication
with client computers.
Appendix
4
Click [OK].
8
Windows Firewall is now configured to block communication with client computers.
Windows Firewall
8-17
Index
Numerics
250-sheet Paper Feeder
Installation, 6-5
Installation Space, 6-4
Package Contents, 6-5
Paper Feeder Unit PF-96, 6-2
Removing, 6-10
Appendix
A
8
About Color Printing, 8-7
Add Printer Wizard
Windows 2000, 3-30
Windows 98/Me, 3-17
Windows XP/Server 2003, 3-45
Adjustment Grid, 4-59
Administrators Permission, 3-21, 3-26, 3-30,
3-37, 3-42
[Advanced] Sheet, 4-34
Alarm Lamp, 1-7, 7-3
Auto Detect, 4-58
Auxiliary Tray, 1-5
AXIS 1611, 6-3
B
Binding Location, 4-26
Black and White, 4-58
Borders, 4-50
Brightness, 4-59
C
Calibration, 5-31
Canceling a Print Job, 4-20
8-18
Index
Canon Printer Uninstaller, 3-53
CAPT (Canon Advanced Printing Technology),
3-5
Cleaning
Fixing Roller, 5-34
Printer, 5-38
Client, 3-58, 3-70
[Color Adjustment] Sheet, 4-31
Color Halftones, 4-57
[Color Management] Sheet, 4-34
Color Mode, 4-30, 4-58
Color Settings, 4-30
Component Names, 1-4
Configuring the Print Server
Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, 3-64
Windows 98/Me, 3-60
Continue Printing with the Multi-purpose Tray,
4-29
Contrast, 4-59
Copies, 4-24
Custom Paper Size, 4-25, 4-47
D
Date, 4-50
Details, 4-30
[Details] Sheet, 4-32
[Device Settings] Sheet, 4-35
Dimensions, 8-6
Document Properties
Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, 4-15, 4-16,
4-22
Windows 98/Me, 4-11, 4-21
Download and Install, 3-58, 3-71
Drum Cartridge
Message, 5-18
Precautions for Handling, 5-28
Replacement, 5-18
E
Edit and Preview, 4-68
Edit Watermark, 4-25
Enable Image Correction, 4-57
Enhanced Saturation, 4-60
Envelopes, 2-4, 2-26
Expansion Slot, 1-5
Extension Tray, 1-5
F
Feet Positions, 6-4
Finishing, 4-27, 4-53
Finishing Details, 4-27
[Finishing] Sheet, 4-26
Firewall, 8-14
Fixing Roller, 5-34
Full Color, 4-58
Fuser Unit, 1-5
G
Gamma, 4-60
[General] Sheet, 4-32
Get Device Status, 4-36
Gradation, 4-57
Grips for Moving, 1-5
Gutter, 4-27, 4-52
H
Heavy Paper, 2-4
I
Important Safety Instructions, xv
Indicator Lights, 1-4
Installation
Windows 2000, 3-21
Windows 98/Me, 3-6
Windows XP/Server 2003, 3-37
Installation Problems, 7-41
L
LAN Cable, 1-15
LAN Connector, 6-13
Laser Beam, xviii
Layout Options, 4-26
Loading Paper
Envelopes, 2-26
Multi-purpose Tray, 2-15
Paper Cassette (250-sheet Paper Feeder),
2-34
Transparency, 2-18
Local Printer, 3-18, 3-31, 3-47
Lock Release Levers, 1-5, 7-22
Appendix
Storage, 5-30
Drum Cartridge Slot, 1-6
M
8
MAC Address Label, 6-13
Manual Color Settings, 4-30, 4-59
Manual Scaling, 4-24
Matching Method, 4-60
Matching Mode, 4-60
[Matching] Sheet, 4-31
Maximum Power Consumption, 8-3
Miscellaneous Problems, 7-49
Monitor Profile, 4-60
Monochrome Halftones, 4-57
Moving, 5-40
Multi-purpose Tray, 1-4
N
NetSpot Console, 8-13
NetSpot Device Installer, 8-12
Network Board
Index
8-19
Component Names, 6-13
Installation, 6-14
Network Board (AXIS 1611), 6-3
Overview, 6-12
Package Contents, 6-13
Removal, 6-19
Network Environment, 1-15, 3-58
O
Objective, 4-29, 4-56
Online Help, 4-22
Optional Accessories, 6-2
Output Size, 4-23
Output Tray, 1-4, 2-12
Appendix
P
8
Page Layout, 4-24
Page Order, 4-24
[Page Setup] Sheet, 4-23
Page Size, 4-23
PageComposer, 4-69
Paper
Printable Area, 2-6
Storage, 2-8
Storing Printouts, 2-8
Paper Guide, 2-36
Paper Guides, 1-5, 2-18
Paper Jams
Message, 7-4
Paper Jam Behind the Printer, 7-13
Paper Jam In the Drum Cartridge, 7-26
Paper Jam Inside the Printer, 7-6
Paper Lamp, 1-7
Paper Level Indicator, 2-39
Paper Limit Guide, 2-19
Paper Limit Mark, 2-37
Paper Output
Capacity, 2-13
Selection, 2-14
Type, 2-12
Paper Problems, 7-38
8-20
Index
Paper Selection, 4-28, 4-55
Paper Size
Changing (Paper Cassette), 2-40
List, 2-2
Paper Source, 4-28
Capacity, 2-3
Selection, 2-10
Type, 2-9
Paper Source Optional Accessories, 4-2
Paper Source Options, 4-35
[Paper Source] Sheet, 4-28
Paper Type, 4-28
Paper Type List, 2-3
Pause When Printing the Multi-purpose Tray,
4-29
Peripheral Space Required, 6-4
Plain Paper, 2-4
Plug and Play
Windows 2000, 3-26
Windows 98/Me, 3-10
Windows XP/Server 2003, 3-42
[Ports] Sheet, 4-33
Poster Printing, 4-42
Power Lamp, 6-13
Power Socket, 1-5
Power Supply
Connecting the Power Cord, 1-8
Power Switch, 1-5
Turning the Printer OFF, 1-12
Turning the Printer ON, 1-11
Print Color Sample, 4-62
Print Quality Problems, 7-30
Print Server, 3-59
Printer
Cleaning, 5-38
Component Names, 1-4
Moving, 5-40
Precautions for Handling, 5-47
Storage, 5-48
Printer Connector, 6-13
Printer Driver
Installation, 3-5
Uninstallation, 3-81
Printer Name, 3-16, 3-20, 3-34, 3-50
Printer Properties
Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, 4-18, 4-22
Q
Quality, 4-56
[Quality] Sheet, 4-29
R
Ready Lamp, 1-7
S
Scaling, 4-40
[Security] Sheet, 4-35
Self-Diagnostic Test, 1-11
Serial Number, 8-23
Serial Number Label, 1-6
Service Call Display, 7-28
Shared Printer, 3-58
[Sharing] Sheet, 4-33
Show Icon in the Taskbar, 4-36
Single-page Batch Processing, 4-60
Specifications
Hardware, 8-2
Software, 8-5
Spooling at Host, 4-35
Status Lamp, 6-13
Sub-Output Tray, 1-5, 2-12
System, 3-3
System Requirements, 3-3
Appendix
Windows 98/Me, 4-13, 4-21
Printer Sharing Settings
Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, 3-65
Windows 98/Me, 3-62
Printer Status Window
Consumables/Counters, 4-78
Displaying, 4-74
Parts and Functions, 4-72
Preferences, 4-75
Refresh, 4-78
Register Paper Size, 4-77
Utility, 4-78
Printing, 4-5
Printing Orientation, 4-24
Printing Preferences, 4-10
Prioritize Printing of Colored Lines and Text, 4-57
Problems
Installation, 7-41
Other, 7-49
Paper, 7-38
Print Quality, 7-30
When Nothing is Printed, 7-40
Profile
Add, 4-37
Allow Profile Selection, 4-38
Allow Setting Edition, 4-38
Comment, 4-36
Delete, 4-37
Edit, 4-37
Export, 4-38
Import, 4-37
Name, 4-36
Profile List, 4-36
Working with Profiles, 4-64
[Profile] Sheet, 4-36
8
T
Test Page, 3-55
Toner Cartridge
Message, 5-2
Precautions for Handling, 5-14
Replacement, 5-2
Storage, 5-16
Toner Cartridge Holder, 5-7
Toner Cartridge Slot, 1-6
Toner Density, 4-57
Toner Lamp, 1-6
Toner Replacement Key, 1-4, 1-6
Top Cover, 1-4
Transparency, 2-4
Troubleshooting Map, 7-2
Index
8-21
U
Uninstallation, 3-81
Unusable Paper, 2-7
Usable Paper, 2-2
USB
Cable, 1-13
Class Driver, 3-9, 3-13, 3-25, 3-41
Socket, 1-5
Use CanoFine, 4-60
Use Pure Black, 4-57
Use Toner Save, 4-30, 4-57
V
Appendix
Ventilation Slots (Air Intake), 1-5
Ventilation Slots (Exhaust), 1-5
W
Watermark, 4-25, 4-43
When Nothing is Printed, 7-40
Windows Firewall, 8-14
8
8-22
Index
Location of the Serial Number
The serial number consists of four alphabetic characters and six numeric digits.
IMPORTANT
The labels are required for a service engineer to check the serial number for service or
maintenance. Do not peel off the serial numbers.
Appendix
■ Inside the front cover
Serial Number
8
■ Packaging box (on the side)
LBP5200
9631AXXX[AA]
C
XXXX000000
CANON INC. Made in China
Serial Number
kg
Location of the Serial Number
8-23
R-IE-663AB
© CANON INC. 2005